updated for version 7.3.1220

Problem:    MS-Windows: When using wide font italic and bold are not included.
Solution:   Support wide-bold, wide-italic and wide-bold-italic. (Ken Takata,
            Taro Muraoka)

.gitignore

@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+*.pyc
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
@@ -52,3 +53,4 @@ src/testdir/lua.vim
 src/testdir/small.vim 
 src/testdir/tiny.vim 
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test.log

Filelist

@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/popupmnu.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
@@ -83,6 +84,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
-"  Version:	34
+"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
+"  Version:	35
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
 endif
 
+" set up default scriptaddr address
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+endif
+
 "" For debugging:
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
@@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   if &mod
    silent! w!
   endif
-  q
+  q!
 
   " restore events and current directory
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
@@ -415,7 +420,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
   " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
-" Version:	11a
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
 fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
-  let fname= a:fname
+  let exten= a:exten
   " list of supported special characters.  Consider rcs,v --- that can be
   " supported with a NFH_rcsCOMMAv() handler
-  if a:fname =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
+  if exten =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
    let specials= {
 \   '@' : 'AT',
 \   ':' : 'COLON',
@@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 \   '?' : 'QUESTION',
 \   ';' : 'SEMICOLON',
 \   '~' : 'TILDE'}
-   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
+   let exten= substitute(a:exten,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
 "   call Decho('fname<'.fname.'> done with dictionary')
   endif
 
-  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".a:exten)
+  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".exten)
    " support user NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
-  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+   exe "let ret= NFH_".exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
+  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".exten)
    " use builtin-NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
   endif
 
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	13
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   endif
 
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
-  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell'
   put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
   let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftpmode           = '.g:netrw_ftpmode
   put = 'let g:netrw_ignorenetrc       = '.g:netrw_ignorenetrc
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp        = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
   put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp          = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
   let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
@@ -99,27 +100,50 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
+  put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner
+  if exists("g:netrw_bannerbackslash")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = '.g:netrw_bannerbackslash
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split      = '.g:netrw_browse_split
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
   else
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
+  if exists("g:Netrw_corehandler")
+   put = 'let g:Netrw_corehandler      = '.g:Netrw_corehandler
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:Netrw_corehandler      = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ctags             = '.g:netrw_ctags
   put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_decompress        = '.string(g:netrw_decompress)
+  if exists("g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen='.g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen= (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+  put = 'let g:netrw_errorlvl          = '.g:netrw_errorlvl
   put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
   let fnameescline= line("$")
-  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape      = '.string(g:netrw_fname_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
   let globescline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_glob_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_glob_escape       = '.string(g:netrw_glob_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
+  if exists("g:netrw_home")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_home              = '.g:netrw_home
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_home              = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir           = '.g:netrw_keepdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd          = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
@@ -127,23 +151,30 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir       = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
+  put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+  if exists("g:netrw_nobeval")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_nobeval           = '.g:netrw_nobeval
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_nobeval           = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_remote_mkdir      = '.g:netrw_remote_mkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_preview           = '.g:netrw_preview
   put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd        = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_retmap            = '.g:netrw_retmap
   put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd            = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd           = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by           = '.g:netrw_sort_by
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
   put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:             Ruby
 " Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" Last Change:          2009 Sep 28
-" URL:                  http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:             See above site
+" URL:                  https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -12,16 +10,23 @@
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 " {{{ requirement checks
+
+function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
+    echohl ErrorMsg
+    echo a:msg
+    echohl None
+endfunction
+
 if !has('ruby')
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
     " lets fall back to syntax completion
     setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
     finish
 endif
 
 if version < 700
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
     finish
 endif
 " }}} requirement checks
@@ -51,12 +56,6 @@ endif
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
-function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
-    echohl ErrorMsg
-    echo a:msg
-    echohl None
-endfunction
-
 function! s:dprint(msg)
     if s:rubycomplete_debug == 1
         echom a:msg
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
     let pos = getpos('.')
-    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.a:v.'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
+    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     pare = /^\s*class\s*(.*)\s*<\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_class( $2 ) if pare != nil  && $2 != name # load parent class if needed
 
-    mixre = /.*\n\s*include\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
+    mixre = /.*\n\s*(include|prepend)\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_module( $2 ) if mixre != nil && $2 != name # load mixins if needed
 
     begin
@@ -364,6 +363,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     print txt if @@debug
   end
 
+  def escape_vim_singlequote_string(str)
+    str.to_s.gsub(/'/,"\\'")
+  end
+
   def get_buffer_entity_list( type )
     # this will be a little expensive.
     loading_allowed = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading') && g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading")
@@ -526,9 +529,9 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
   end
 
   def clean_sel(sel, msg)
-    sel.delete_if { |x| x == nil }
-    sel.uniq!
-    sel.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret = sel.reject{|x|x.nil?}.uniq
+    ret = ret.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret
   end
 
   def get_rails_view_methods
@@ -767,10 +770,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     constants = clean_sel( constants, message )
 
     valid = []
-    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m, :type => 'm' } }
-    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v, :type => 'v' } }
-    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c, :type => 't' } }
-    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d, :type => 'd' } }
+    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m.to_s, :type => 'm' } }
+    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v.to_s, :type => 'v' } }
+    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c.to_s, :type => 't' } }
+    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d.to_s, :type => 'd' } }
     valid.sort! { |x,y| x[:name] <=> y[:name] }
 
     outp = ""
@@ -779,7 +782,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     rg.step(150) do |x|
       stpos = 0+x
       enpos = 150+x
-      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ] }
+      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ].map{|x|escape_vim_singlequote_string(x)} }
       outp.sub!(/,$/, '')
 
       VIM::command("call extend(g:rubycomplete_completions, [%s])" % outp)

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     14.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Version:     15.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
 " Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
@@ -11,6 +11,18 @@
 
 " History
 "
+" TODO
+"     - Jonas Enberg - if no table is found when using column completion
+"       look backwards to a FROM clause and find the first table
+"       and complete it.
+"
+" Version 15.0 (May 2013)
+"     - NF: Changed the SQL precached syntax items, omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups,
+"           to use regular expressions to pick up extended syntax group names.
+"           This requires an updated SyntaxComplete plugin version 13.0.
+"           If the required versions have not been installed, previous
+"           behaviour will not be impacted.
+"
 " Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
 "     - BF: Added check for cpo
 "
@@ -91,7 +103,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 130
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 150
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -110,12 +122,14 @@ let s:syn_value             = []
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
-    let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
 endif
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
-    let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
 endif
+let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
@@ -127,12 +141,12 @@ endif
 " Default syntax items to precache
 if !exists('g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups')
     let g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups = [
-                \ 'syntax',
-                \ 'sqlKeyword',
-                \ 'sqlFunction',
-                \ 'sqlOption',
-                \ 'sqlType',
-                \ 'sqlStatement'
+                \ 'syntax\w*',
+                \ 'sqlKeyword\w*',
+                \ 'sqlFunction\w*',
+                \ 'sqlOption\w*',
+                \ 'sqlType\w*',
+                \ 'sqlStatement\w*'
                 \ ]
 endif
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
@@ -621,19 +635,23 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
+        let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+        let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
+
         " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
             " to indicate they want all the syntax items available,
             " so do not specify a specific include list.
-            let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         else
             " The user has specified a specific syntax group
             let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(syn_group)
         endif
-        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
-        let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
         " Cache these values for later use

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,18 +1,34 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     11.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Version:     13.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 14
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 13.0
+"   - Extended the option omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}
+"     to accept a comma separated list of regex's rather than
+"     string.  For example, for the javascript filetype you could
+"     use:
+"        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_javascript = 'javascript\w\+,jquery\w\+'
+"   - Some syntax files (perl.vim) use the match // syntax as a mechanism
+"     to identify keywords.  This update attempts to parse the
+"     match syntax and pull out syntax items which are at least
+"     3 words or more.
+"
+" Version 12.0
+"   - It is possible to have '-' as part of iskeyword, when
+"     checking for character ranges, tighten up the regex.
+"     E688: More targets than List items.
+"
 " Version 11.0
-"     Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"   - Corrected which characters required escaping during
 "     substitution calls.
 "
 " Version 10.0
-"     Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"   - Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
 "     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
 "     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
 "     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
@@ -20,30 +36,30 @@
 "     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
 "     specified could be multibyte:
 "         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
-"     This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"   - This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
 "     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
 "     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
 "
 " Version 9.0
-"     Add the check for cpo.
+"   - Add the check for cpo.
 "
 " Version 8.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
 "           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
 "           Now these lines are processed independently.
 "
 " Version 7.0
-"     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
 "           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
-"           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
+"   -       OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
 "           method does not find a match.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-"     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
@@ -52,7 +68,7 @@
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
 "           was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
 "
@@ -70,7 +86,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 110
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 130
 
 " Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
@@ -113,7 +129,8 @@ endif
 
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
-let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+" let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+let s:syn_remove_words = 'matchgroup=,contains,'.
             \ 'links to,start=,end='
             " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
@@ -275,9 +292,19 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     "     sqlType
     "     sqlOperators
     "     sqlKeyword ...
-    redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
-    redir END
+    if !empty(list_parms) && empty(substitute(join(list_parms), '[a-zA-Z ]', '', 'g'))
+        " If list_parms only includes word characters, use it to limit
+        " the syntax elements.
+        " If using regex syntax list will fail to find those items, so
+        " simply grab the who syntax list.
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
+        redir END
+    else
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list'
+        redir END
+    endif
 
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
@@ -311,82 +338,167 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         endif
     endif
 
-    " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
-    " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
-    " items specific to each individual filetype.
+    if empty(list_parms)
+        let list_parms = [&filetype.'\w\+']
+    endif
+
     let syn_list = ''
-    let ftindex  = 0
-    let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+    let index    = 0
+    for group_regex in list_parms
+        " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+        " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+        " items specific to each individual filetype.
+        " let ftindex  = 0
+        " let ftindex  = match(syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex)
 
-    while ftindex > -1
-        let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+        " while ftindex > -1
+            " let ft_part_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
-        " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
-        " via autocmds or their vimrc.
-        " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
-        " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
-        let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                    \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
-        let index    = 0
-        let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-
-        if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
-            " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
-            " Either items begin as:
-            "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
-            " Or
-            "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
-            " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
-            " find a match.
+            " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+            " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+            " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+            " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+            " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                        \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                        \ '\zs'.group_regex.'\ze'.
                         \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
-            let index    = 0
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endif
 
-        while index > -1
-            let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
-
-            let get_syn_list = 1
-            for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
-                if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-                    let get_syn_list = 0
-                endif
-            endfor
-
-            " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
-            " groups we are interested in.
-            "
-            " if get_syn_list == 1
-            "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
-            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "             let get_syn_list = 0
-            "         endif
-            "     endif
-            " endif
-
-            if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
-                " are interested in.
-                let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
-                let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+            " For the matched group name, strip off any of the regex special
+            " characters and see if we get a match with the current syntax
+            if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && substitute(group_regex, '[^a-zA-Z ]\+.*', '', 'g') !~ '^'.b:current_syntax
+                " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+                " Either items begin as:
+                "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+                " Or
+                "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+                " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+                " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+                " find a match.
+                let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+                            \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                            \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+                let index    = 0
+                let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
             endif
 
-            let index = index + strlen(group_name)
-            let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endwhile
+            while index > -1
+                let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
-        let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
-        let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
-    endwhile
+                let get_syn_list = 1
+                for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+                    if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                        let get_syn_list = 0
+                    endif
+                endfor
+
+                " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+                " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+                " groups we are interested in.
+                "
+                " if get_syn_list == 1
+                "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+                "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                "             let get_syn_list = 0
+                "         endif
+                "     endif
+                " endif
+
+                if get_syn_list == 1
+                    " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+                    " are interested in.
+                    let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+                    let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+                endif
+
+                let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+                let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+            endwhile
+
+            " let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+            " let ftindex  = match( syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex )
+        " endwhile
+    endfor
+
+"   " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+"   " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+"   " items specific to each individual filetype.
+"   let syn_list = ''
+"   let ftindex  = 0
+"   let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+
+"   while ftindex > -1
+"       let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+
+"       " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+"       " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+"       " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+"       " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+"       " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
+"       let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                   \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                   \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"       let index    = 0
+"       let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+
+"       if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
+"           " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+"           " Either items begin as:
+"           "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+"           " Or
+"           "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+"           " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+"           " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+"           " find a match.
+"           let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                       \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                       \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"           let index    = 0
+"           let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endif
+
+"       while index > -1
+"           let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
+
+"           let get_syn_list = 1
+"           for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+"               if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"                   let get_syn_list = 0
+"               endif
+"           endfor
+
+"           " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+"           " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+"           " groups we are interested in.
+"           "
+"           " if get_syn_list == 1
+"           "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+"           "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"           "             let get_syn_list = 0
+"           "         endif
+"           "     endif
+"           " endif
+
+"           if get_syn_list == 1
+"               " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+"               " are interested in.
+"               let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+"               let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+"           endif
+
+"           let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+"           let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endwhile
+
+"       let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+"       let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+"   endwhile
 
     " Convert the string to a List and sort it.
     let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
@@ -454,10 +566,65 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                     \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
+        " Attempt to deal with lines using the match syntax
+        " javaScriptDocTags xxx match /@\(param\|argument\|requires\|file\)\>/
+        " Though it can use any types of regex, so this plugin will attempt
+        " to restrict it
+        " 1.  Only use \( or \%( constructs remove all else
+        " 2   Remove and []s
+        " 3.  Account for match //constructs
+        "                       \%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?
+        " 4.  Hope for the best
+        "
+        "
+        let syn_list_old = syn_list
+        while syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+            if syn_list =~ 'perlElseIfError'
+                let syn_list = syn_list
+            endif
+            " Check if the match has words at least 3 characters long
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\<\w\{3,}\>.\{-}\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                " Remove everything after / and before the first \(
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\ze\\%\?(.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove everything after \) and up to the ending /
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/.\{-}\\)\zs.\{-}\ze\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+
+                " Remove any character classes
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\[[^]]*\].\{-}\ze\/ ', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\[[^]]*\]\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove any words < 3 characters
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\<\w\{1,2}\>\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove all non-word characters
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
+                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " text between the match /.../ tags.
+                " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
+                " and replaces all non-word characters.
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs\(.\{-}\)\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                            \ , '\=substitute(submatch(1), "\\W\\+", " ", "g")'
+                            \ , 'g' )
+                " Remove the match / / syntax
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\(.\{-}\)\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '\1', 'g' )
+            else
+                " No words long enough, remove the match
+                " Remove the match syntax
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/[^\/]*\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\%(.\{-}\)\?\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+            endif
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+                " Problem removing the match / / tags
+                let syn_list = ''
+            endif
+        endwhile
+
+
         " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
         " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
         let syn_list = substitute(
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
                     \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
@@ -497,7 +664,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                 " If so, add it to the list.
                 let accepted_chars = ''
                 for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
-                    if item =~ '-'
+                    if item =~ '\d-\d'
                         " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
                         " cycle through each character within the range
                         let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:		28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:		29
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ if v:version < 702
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
 "call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+ if exists("+shq") && exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
   let g:tar_shq= &shq
  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin
@@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   " about to make a new window, need to use b:tarfile
   let tarfile= b:tarfile
   let curfile= expand("%")
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -239,6 +240,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
   call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
   filetype detect
+  set nomod
+  exe 'com! -buffer -nargs=? -complete=file TarDiff	:call tar#Diff(<q-args>,"'.fnameescape(fname).'")'
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("TarBrowseSelect : s:tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
@@ -252,7 +255,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   set report=10
   let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-    if executable("cygpath")
+    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
      let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
@@ -445,7 +448,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     let tar_secure= " "
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
@@ -500,6 +503,30 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Write")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Diff: {{{2
+fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Diff(userfname<".a:userfname."> fname<".a:fname.")")
+  let fname= a:fname
+  if a:userfname != ""
+   let fname= a:userfname
+  endif
+  if filereadable(fname)
+   " sets current file (from tarball) for diff'ing
+   " splits window vertically
+   " opens original file, sets it for diff'ing
+   " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
+   diffthis
+   wincmd v
+   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   diffthis
+  else
+   redraw!
+   echo "***warning*** unable to read file<".fname.">"
+  endif
+"  call Dret("tar#Diff")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Jun 30
+" Last Change: 2013 May 31
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
   if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();'>")
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth(); JumpToLine();'>")
     call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
   else
-    call add(html, '<body>')
+    call add(html, '<body onload="JumpToLine();">')
   endif
   call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement'>")
 
@@ -503,6 +503,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, s:body_end_line)
   call add(html, '</html>')
 
+  " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
+  " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
+  " using a modeline.
+  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
   " Find an unused file name if current file name is already in use
@@ -539,14 +544,12 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    " insert script closing tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+    " insert script closing tag
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ '',
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	  \ "</script>"
+	  \ ])
 
     " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
     " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
@@ -572,6 +575,55 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ '}'
 	    \ ])
     endif
+    "
+    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+    " jumping to any lines contained therein
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	  \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	  \ "   */",
+	  \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	  \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  return true;",
+	  \ "}",
+	  \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	  \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	  \ "}"
+	  \ ])
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "",
+	    \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+	    \ "  var node = lineElem;",
+	    \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement')",
+	    \ "  {",
+	    \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	    \ "    {",
+	    \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+	    \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+	    \ "    }",
+	    \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+	    \ "  }",
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	  \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	  \ "{",
+	  \ "  var lineNum;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	  \ ])
 
     " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
     " if dynamic folding is active.
@@ -596,12 +648,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.prevent_copy != ""
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
-    endif "}}}
+    " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
+    " normalization for URL hashes
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
 
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
     " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	25
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:	26
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v26"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -188,13 +188,23 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
-   let fname = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+   let fname   = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
   endif
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
-  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " the following code does much the same thing as
+  "   exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " but allows zipfile:... entries in quickfix lists
+  let temp = tempname()
+  let fn   = expand('%:p')
+  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp
+"  call Decho("exe sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp)
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.temp
+  sil keepj e!
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.fnameescape(fn)
+  call delete(temp)
+
   filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
@@ -267,7 +277,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 
   if fname =~ '/'
    let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
 "   call Decho("mkdir(dirpath<".dirpath.">,p)")
@@ -279,7 +289,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-  if executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 

runtime/colors/koehler.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Dec 10
+" Last Change:	2013 May 23
 
 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ hi MatchParen	  term=reverse  ctermfg=blue guibg=Blue
 hi TabLine		  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
+hi Underlined	  term=underline cterm=bold,underline ctermfg=lightblue guifg=lightblue gui=bold,underline
+hi Ignore		  ctermfg=black ctermbg=black guifg=black guibg=black
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant

runtime/colors/ron.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 02
+" Last Change:	2013 May 24
 
 set background=dark
 hi clear
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ if exists("syntax_on")
 endif
 let g:colors_name = "ron"
 hi Normal		guifg=cyan	guibg=black
-hi NonText		guifg=brown
+hi NonText		guifg=yellow guibg=#303030
 hi comment		guifg=green
 hi constant		guifg=cyan	gui=bold
 hi identifier	guifg=cyan	gui=NONE
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ hi WarningMsg	guifg=Black	guibg=Green
 hi Error		guibg=Red
 hi Todo			guifg=Black	guibg=orange
 hi Cursor		guibg=#60a060 guifg=#00ff00
-hi Search		guibg=lightslateblue
+hi Search		guibg=darkgray guifg=black gui=bold 
 hi IncSearch	gui=NONE guibg=steelblue
 hi LineNr		guifg=darkgrey
 hi title		guifg=darkgrey
+hi ShowMarksHL ctermfg=cyan ctermbg=lightblue cterm=bold guifg=yellow guibg=black  gui=bold
 hi StatusLineNC	gui=NONE guifg=lightblue guibg=darkblue
 hi StatusLine	gui=bold	guifg=cyan	guibg=blue
 hi label		guifg=gold2
@@ -41,3 +42,4 @@ hi DiffDelete   guibg=coral
 hi Folded		guibg=gray30
 hi FoldColumn	guibg=gray30 guifg=white
 hi cIf0			guifg=gray
+hi diffOnly	guifg=red gui=bold

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/haml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "haml"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=haml\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \Haml\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \Syntax\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/msbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "msbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=msbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/rake.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Language:		Rake
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rake"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rake
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%D(in\ %f),
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l,
+      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
+      \%m\ [%f:%l]:
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		RSpec
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2009 Dec 22
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -18,21 +16,15 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=spec
+CompilerSet makeprg=rspec
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
-    \%+W'%.%#'\ FAILED,
-    \%+I'%.%#'\ FIXED,
-    \%-Cexpected:%.%#,
-    \%-C\ \ \ \ \ got:%.%#,
+    \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
     \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
-    \%C%f:%l:,
-    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
-    \%-Z%p^%.%#,
-    \%-C%.%#,
+    \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
+    \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ \#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
+    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
+    \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
     \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -1,33 +1,10 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Function:		Syntax check and/or error reporting
-" Maintainer:		Tim Hammerquist <timh at rubyforge.org>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
-" Changelog:
-" 0.2:	script saves and restores 'cpoptions' value to prevent problems with
-"	line continuations
-" 0.1:	initial release
-"
-" Contributors:
-"   Hugh Sasse <hgs@dmu.ac.uk>
-"   Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-"
-" Todo:
-"   match error type %m
-"
-" Comments:
-"   I know this file isn't perfect.  If you have any questions, suggestions,
-"   patches, etc., please don't hesitate to let me know.
-"
-"   This is my first experience with 'errorformat' and compiler plugins and
-"   I welcome any input from more experienced (or clearer-thinking)
-"   individuals.
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Test::Unit - Ruby Unit Testing Framework
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/sass.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Sass
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "sass"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=sass\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%f:%l:%m\ (Sass::Syntax%trror),
+      \%ESyntax\ %trror:%m,
+      \%C%\\s%\\+on\ line\ %l\ of\ %f,
+      \%Z%.%#,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/xbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Mono C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let current_compiler = "xbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=xbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	xmllint
-" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-" URL:		http://gus.gscit.monash.edu.au/~djkea2/vim/compiler/xmllint.vim
-" Last Change:	2004 Nov 27
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 1
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -18,10 +17,8 @@ set cpo-=C
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=xmllint\ --valid\ --noout\ 
 
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-		    \%E%f:%l:\ validity\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ validity\ warning:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%+E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
+		    \%+W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
 		    \%-Z%p^,
 		    \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -513,9 +513,9 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
 
 							*CursorMoved*
-CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
-				Also when the text of the cursor line has been
-				changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
+CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
+				mode.  Also when the text of the cursor line
+				has been changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
@@ -691,8 +691,11 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
 				|v:insertmode| variable indicates the mode.
-				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
-				anything else that the user does not expect.
+				Be careful not to do anything else that the
+				user does not expect.
+				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
+				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
+				string.
 							*InsertLeave*
 InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
 				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ code.
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
 Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
+Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Design goals						*design-goals*

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ delete all script-local variables: >
 	:    unlet s:[k]
 	:endfor
 <
-						*buffer-variable* *b:var*
+						*buffer-variable* *b:var* *b:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
 Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
 This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
@@ -1167,21 +1167,21 @@ b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		    :	call My_Update()
 		    :endif
 <
-						*window-variable* *w:var*
+						*window-variable* *w:var* *w:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window.  It
 is deleted when the window is closed.
 
-						*tabpage-variable* *t:var*
+						*tabpage-variable* *t:var* *t:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "t:" is local to the current tab page,
 It is deleted when the tab page is closed. {not available when compiled
 without the |+windows| feature}
 
-						*global-variable* *g:var*
+						*global-variable* *g:var* *g:*
 Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:".  Omitting this will
 access a variable local to a function.	But "g:" can also be used in any other
 place if you like.
 
-						*local-variable* *l:var*
+						*local-variable* *l:var* *l:*
 Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
 But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.  However, without prepending "l:"
 you may run into reserved variable names.  For example "count".  By itself it
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
 variables for each buffer.  Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
 
 
-Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var*
+Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
-		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| and |InsertEnter| events.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1906,6 +1906,8 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
+screenattr( {row}, {col})	Number	attribute at screen position
+screenchar( {row}, {col})	Number	character at screen position
 screencol()			Number	current cursor column
 screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
@@ -2773,7 +2775,8 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		file name contains a space]
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.	A name
-		for a non-existing file is not included.
+		for a non-existing file is not included, unless {expr} does
+		not start with '%', '#' or '<', see below.
 
 		When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
 		like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
@@ -4639,7 +4642,7 @@ pumvisible()						*pumvisible()*
 		This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
 		popup menu.
 
-							*E860* *E861*
+							*E860*
 py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
@@ -4890,6 +4893,21 @@ round({expr})							*round()*
 <			-5.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
+screenattr(row, col)						*screenattr()*
+		Like screenchar(), but return the attribute.  This is a rather
+		arbitrary number that can only be used to compare to the
+		attribute at other positions.
+
+screenchar(row, col)						*screenchar()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the character at position
+		[row, col] on the screen.  This works for every possible
+		screen position, also status lines, window separators and the
+		command line.  The top left position is row one, column one
+		The character excludes composing characters.  For double-byte
+		encodings it may only be the first byte.
+		This is mainly to be used for testing.
+		Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.
+
 screencol()							*screencol()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
 		the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
@@ -5320,8 +5338,6 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		|t:var|
 		Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -5334,8 +5350,6 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
 		For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
 		Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		Examples: >
 			:call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- <20> Easy Vim <20>, <20>dite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |ft_sql.txt|.
 
 
-TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
+TEX						*ft-tex-plugin* *g:tex_flavor*
 
 If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
 	%&<format>

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 15
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ may not work properly on all platforms: >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword\w*')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
 This command breaks down as: >
     imap		   - Create an insert map
@@ -369,6 +370,9 @@ This command breaks down as: >
 			     command while editing a SQL file.
     'sqlKeyword'	   - Display the items for the sqlKeyword highlight
 			     group
+    'sqlKeyword\w*'	   - A second option available with Vim 7.4 which
+                             uses a regular expression to determine which
+			     syntax groups to use
     )<CR>		   - Execute the :let command
     <C-X><C-O>		   - Trigger the standard omni completion key stroke.
 			     Passing in 'sqlKeyword' instructs the SQL

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -93,10 +93,16 @@ and initialize other things that you may want to set up differently from the
 terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
-	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc or $VIM/_gvimrc
-	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
+	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
+	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+
+The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
+and only the first one that is found is read.
 
 There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
 3. List userdata		|lua-list|
 4. Dict userdata		|lua-dict|
-5. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
-6. Window userdata		|lua-window|
-7. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
+5. Funcref userdata		|lua-funcref|
+6. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+7. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+8. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -110,9 +111,31 @@ input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
 module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
 Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
-	vim.list()		Returns an empty list (see |List|).
-
-	vim.dict()		Returns an empty dictionary (see |Dictionary|).
+	vim.list([arg])		Returns an empty list or, if "arg" is a Lua
+				table with numeric keys 1, ..., n (a
+				"sequence"), returns a list l such that l[i] =
+				arg[i] for i = 1, ..., n (see |List|).
+				Non-numeric keys are not used to initialize
+				the list. See also |lua-eval| for conversion
+				rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.list(t)')
+					:" [3.141593, 0], 'say' is ignored
+<
+	vim.dict([arg])		Returns an empty dictionary or, if "arg" is a
+				Lua table, returns a dict d such that d[k] =
+				arg[k] for all string keys k in "arg" (see
+				|Dictionary|). Number keys are converted to
+				strings. Keys that are not strings are not
+				used to initialize the dictionary. See also
+				|lua-eval| for conversion rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.dict(t)')
+					:" {'say': 'hi'}, numeric keys ignored
+<
+	vim.funcref({name})	Returns a Funcref to function {name} (see
+				|Funcref|). It is equivalent to Vim's
+				"function".
 
 	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
 				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
@@ -131,9 +154,9 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
 	vim.type({arg})		Returns the type of {arg}. It is equivalent to
 				Lua's "type" function, but returns "list",
-				"dict", "buffer", or "window" if {arg} is a
-				list, dictionary, buffer, or window,
-				respectively. Examples: >
+				"dict", "funcref", "buffer", or "window" if
+				{arg} is a list, dictionary, funcref, buffer,
+				or window, respectively. Examples: >
 					:lua l = vim.list()
 					:lua print(type(l), vim.type(l))
 					:" userdata list
@@ -229,7 +252,40 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+5. Funcref userdata					*lua-funcref*
+
+Funcref userdata represent funcref variables in Vim. Funcrefs that were
+defined with a "dict" attribute need to be obtained as a dictionary key
+in order to have "self" properly assigned to the dictionary (see examples
+below.) A funcref "f" has the following properties:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#f" is the name of the function referenced by "f"
+	o "f(...)" calls the function referenced by "f" (with arguments)
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:function I(x)
+	:  return a:x
+	:  endfunction
+	:let R = function('I')
+	:lua i1 = vim.funcref('I')
+	:lua i2 = vim.eval('R')
+	:lua print(#i1, #i2) -- both 'I'
+	:lua print(i1, i2, #i2(i1) == #i1(i2))
+	:function Mylen() dict
+	:  return len(self.data)
+	:  endfunction
+	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
+	:lua d = vim.eval('mydict'); d.len = vim.funcref('Mylen')
+	:echo mydict.len()
+	:lua l = d.len -- assign d as 'self'
+	:lua print(l())
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
 
 Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -281,7 +337,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+7. Window userdata					*lua-window*
 
 Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -313,7 +369,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
+8. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
 
 The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
 "luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and
@@ -325,7 +381,13 @@ returns the result of the expression. It is semantically equivalent in Lua to:
 	    return chunk(arg) -- return typval
 	end
 <
-Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Examples: >
+Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Lua numbers, strings, and
+list, dict, and funcref userdata are converted to their Vim respective types,
+while Lua booleans are converted to numbers. An error is thrown if conversion
+of any of the remaining Lua types, including userdata other than lists, dicts,
+and funcrefs, is attempted.
+
+Examples: >
 
 	:echo luaeval('math.pi')
 	:lua a = vim.list():add('newlist')

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 03
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
 4. Range objects				|python-range|
 5. Window objects				|python-window|
-6. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
-7. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
-8. Python 3					|python3|
+6. Tab page objects				|python-tabpage|
+7. vim.bindeval objects				|python-bindeval-objects|
+8. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
+9. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+10. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -57,6 +59,22 @@ Example: >
 Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
 and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
+							*:pydo*
+:[range]pydo {body}	Execute Python function "def _vim_pydo(line, linenr):
+			{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
+			function arguments being set to the text of each line
+			in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
+			line number. The function should return a string or
+			None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
+			the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
+			is the whole file: "1,$".
+			{not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line))
+	:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
+<
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
 			Execute the Python script in {file}.  The whole
@@ -154,42 +172,26 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but
-	1. if expression evaluates to |List| or |Dictionary| it is returned as 
-	   vimlist or vimdictionary python type that are connected to original 
-	   list or dictionary. Thus modifications to these objects imply 
-	   modifications of the original.
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
-	   Additionally, vimlist and vimdictionary type have read-write 
-	   `.locked` attribute that returns
-	     Value           Meaning ~
-	     zero            Variable is not locked
-	     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
-	     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-	   integer constants. If variable is not fixed, you can do 
-	   `var.locked=True` to lock it and `var.locked=False` to unlock. 
-	   There is no recursive locking like |:lockvar|! does. There is also 
-	   no way to lock a specific key or check whether it is locked (in any 
-	   case these locks are ignored by anything except |:let|: |extend()| 
-	   does not care, neither does python interface).
-
-	   Vimdictionary type also supports `.scope` attribute which is one of
-	     Value              Meaning ~
-	     zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
-	     vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  Function-local or global scope dictionary
-	     vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary
-
-	2. if expression evaluates to a function reference, then it returns 
-	   callable vimfunction object. Use self keyword argument to assign 
-	   |self| object for dictionary functions.
-
-	Note: this function has the same behavior as |lua-eval| (except that 
-	      lua does not support running vim functions), |python-eval| is 
-	      kept for backwards compatibility in order not to make scripts 
-	      relying on outputs of vim.eval() being a copy of original or 
-	      vim.eval("1") returning a string.
+vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	is counted as one cell.
 
+vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
 
+vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
+vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
+	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
 
@@ -209,12 +211,12 @@ Constants of the "vim" module
 	to which the variables referred.
 
 vim.buffers						*python-buffers*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
+	A mapping object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py b = vim.buffers[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py b in vim.buffers	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.buffers)	# Number of elements
-	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Sequential access
+	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Iterating over buffer list
 <
 vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim windows.  The
@@ -223,13 +225,28 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+	they will not lose their properties in this case.
+
+vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	object supports the following operations: >
+	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
+	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
+	    :py n = len(vim.tabpages)	# Number of elements
+	    :py for t in vim.tabpages:	# Sequential access
 <
 vim.current						*python-current*
 	An object providing access (via specific attributes) to various
 	"current" objects available in vim:
 		vim.current.line	The current line (RW)		String
-		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RO)		Buffer
-		vim.current.window	The current window (RO)		Window
+		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RW)		Buffer
+		vim.current.window	The current window (RW)		Window
+		vim.current.tabpage	The current tab page (RW)	TabPage
 		vim.current.range	The current line range (RO)	Range
 
 	The last case deserves a little explanation.  When the :python or
@@ -237,6 +254,42 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	autocommands use >
+	    py << EOF
+	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
+	    vim.options['eventignore'] = 'all'
+	    try:
+	        vim.current.buffer = vim.buffers[2] # Switch to buffer 2
+	    finally:
+	        vim.options['eventignore'] = saved_eventignore
+	    EOF
+<
+vim.vars						*python-vars*
+vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	but faster.
+
+vim.options						*python-options*
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
+	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
+	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
+	access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no global
+	option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
+	|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
+	and buffer-local ones).  Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
+	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
+	window-local options.
+
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
 	Vim displays all Python code output in the Vim message area.  Normal
@@ -253,6 +306,88 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 	supported, and may cause the program to crash.  This should probably be
 	fixed.
 
+		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
+Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
+
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
+
+Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
+
+    from imp import find_module, load_module
+    import vim
+    import sys
+
+    class VimModuleLoader(object):
+        def __init__(self, module):
+            self.module = module
+
+        def load_module(self, fullname, path=None):
+            return self.module
+
+    def _find_module(fullname, oldtail, path):
+        idx = oldtail.find('.')
+        if idx > 0:
+            name = oldtail[:idx]
+            tail = oldtail[idx+1:]
+            fmr = find_module(name, path)
+            module = load_module(fullname[:-len(oldtail)] + name, *fmr)
+            return _find_module(fullname, tail, module.__path__)
+        else:
+            fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
+            return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
+
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # an attribute.
+    class VimPathFinder(object):
+        @classmethod
+        def find_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            try:
+                return VimModuleLoader(_find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths()))
+            except ImportError:
+                return None
+
+        @classmethod
+        def load_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            return _find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths())
+
+    def hook(path):
+        if path == vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH:
+            return VimPathFinder
+        else:
+            raise ImportError
+
+    sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
+
+vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	case it uses special loader.
+
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
+
+vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
+vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	versions.
+
+vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	versions, but can use it for debugging.
+
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Buffer objects					*python-buffer*
 
@@ -278,6 +413,24 @@ Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python.  This differs from vim
 line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
+The buffer object attributes are:
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+			|buffer-variable|s.
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+			will return None.
+	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
+	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
+			Read-only.
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
+
 The buffer object methods are:
 	b.append(str)	Append a line to the buffer
 	b.append(str, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
@@ -296,6 +449,8 @@ Note that when adding a line it must not contain a line break character '\n'.
 A trailing '\n' is allowed and ignored, so that you can do: >
 	:py b.append(f.readlines())
 
+Buffer object type is available using "Buffer" attribute of vim module.
+
 Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py print b.name		# write the buffer file name
 	:py b[0] = "hello!!!"		# replace the top line
@@ -307,6 +462,9 @@ Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py n = len(b)			# number of lines
 	:py (row,col) = b.mark('a')	# named mark
 	:py r = b.range(1,5)		# a sub-range of the buffer
+	:py b.vars["foo"] = "bar"	# assign b:foo variable
+	:py b.options["ff"] = "dos"	# set fileformat
+	:py del b.options["ar"]		# same as :set autoread<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Range objects					*python-range*
@@ -334,6 +492,8 @@ The range object methods are:
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
 	r.append(list, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 
+Range object type is available using "Range" attribute of vim module.
+
 Example (assume r is the current range):
 	# Send all lines in a range to the default printer
 	vim.command("%d,%dhardcopy!" % (r.start+1,r.end+1))
@@ -344,6 +504,8 @@ Example (assume r is the current range):
 Window objects represent vim windows.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
+	- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
+	- from the "window" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
 
 You can manipulate window objects only through their attributes.  They have no
 methods, and no sequence or other interface.
@@ -354,17 +516,167 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				variables this way
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				options this way. Provides access only to 
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
+				and local value is missing getting it will 
+				return None.
+	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
+				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
+				(e.g. when the window object belongs to other
+				tab page).
+	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
+				First position is zero.
+	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+				when corresponding window is closed.
+
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
+Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
+
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+ways:
+	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
+	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
+
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+no sequence or other interfaces.
+
+Tab page attributes are:
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+			|tabpagenr()|.
+	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
+	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
+	window		Current tabpage window.
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding tab page is closed.
+
+TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. vim.bindeval objects				*python-bindeval-objects*
+
+vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
+    Dictionary-like object providing access to vim |Dictionary| type.
+    Attributes:
+        Attribute  Description ~
+        locked     One of                       *python-.locked*
+                    Value           Description ~
+                    zero            Variable is not locked
+                    vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+                    vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   is supported.
+        scope      One of
+                    Value              Description ~
+                    zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+                    vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  |g:| or |l:| dictionary
+                    vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary,
+                                       see |internal-variables|
+    Methods (note: methods do not support keyword arguments):
+        Method      Description ~
+        keys()      Returns a list with dictionary keys.
+        values()    Returns a list with dictionary values.
+        items()     Returns a list of 2-tuples with dictionary contents.
+        update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
+                    Adds keys to dictionary.
+        get(key[, default=None])
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    not present.
+        pop(key[, default])
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
+        popitem()
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    pair.
+        has_key(key)
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    to `key in dict`.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    constructs empty dictionary.
+
+    Examples: >
+        d = vim.Dictionary(food="bar")		# Constructor
+        d['a'] = 'b'				# Item assignment
+        print d['a']				# getting item
+        d.update({'c': 'd'})			# .update(dictionary)
+        d.update(e='f')				# .update(**kwargs)
+        d.update((('g', 'h'), ('i', 'j')))	# .update(iterable)
+        for key in d.keys():			# .keys()
+        for val in d.values():			# .values()
+        for key, val in d.items():		# .items()
+        print isinstance(d, vim.Dictionary)	# True
+        for key in d:				# Iteration over keys
+        class Dict(vim.Dictionary):		# Subclassing
+<
+    Note: when iterating over keys you should not modify dictionary.
+
+vim.List object					*python-List*
+    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    following methods:
+        Method          Description ~
+        extend(item)    Add items to the list.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        arguments constructs empty list.
+    Examples: >
+        l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
+        l.extend(['abc', 'def'])	# .extend() method
+        print l[1:]			# slicing
+        l[:0] = ['ghi', 'jkl']		# slice assignment
+        print l[0]			# getting item
+        l[0] = 'mno'			# assignment
+        for i in l:			# iteration
+        print isinstance(l, vim.List)	# True
+        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
+
+vim.Function object				*python-Function*
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
+    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
+    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
+    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Examples: >
+        f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
+        print f('abc', 'a', 'b')		# Calls tr('abc', 'a', 'b')
+        vim.command('''
+            function DictFun() dict
+                return self
+            endfunction
+        ''')
+        f = vim.bindeval('function("DictFun")')
+        print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
+        print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True
+
+==============================================================================
+8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
 To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -381,14 +693,16 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Python 3						*python3*
+10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.  A simple check
+The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
 if the `:py3` command is working: >
 	:py3 print("Hello")
 <							*:py3file*
-The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
+The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+							*:py3do* *E863*
+The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -729,6 +729,50 @@ buffer-local variable as follows >
   let b:fortran_indent_less=1
 
 
+HTML				*ft-html-indent* *html-indent* *html-indenting*
+
+This is about variables you can set in your vimrc to customize HTML indenting.
+
+You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
+"blocktags" (default "zero"): >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_script1 = "inc"
+      :let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      "zero"	zero indent
+      "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
+      "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
+
+Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
+Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_inctags = "html,body,head,tbody"
+
+You can also remove such tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_autotags = "th,td,tr,tfoot,thead"
+
+Default value is empty for both variables.  Note: the initial "inctags" are
+only defined once per Vim session.
+
+User variables are only read when the script is sourced.  To enable your
+changes during a session, without reloading the HTML file, you can manually
+do: >
+
+      :call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+
+Detail:
+  Calculation of indent inside "blocktags" with "alien" content:
+      BLOCKTAG   INDENT EXPR	    WHEN APPLICABLE ~
+      <script> : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : cindent(v:lnum)    if attributes empty or contain "java"
+	       : -1		    else (vbscript, tcl, ...)
+      <style>  : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : GetCSSIndent()	    else
+      <!-- --> : -1
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -740,12 +784,12 @@ those useless characters first with a command like: >
     :%s /\r$//g
 
 Or, you can simply |:let| the variable PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the
-script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each|BufRead|).
+script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each |BufRead|).
 
 OPTIONS: ~
 
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
-variables:
+global variables:
 
 								*php-comment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
@@ -753,10 +797,21 @@ own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
 
 Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
-added, see|fo-table|for more information.
+added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
-To add an extra indent to every PHP lines with N being the number of
+To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
+    :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
+
+With N being the number of 'shiftwidth' to add.
+
+Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
+    # Comment
+    // Comment
+    /* Comment */
+-------------
+
+To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
 
@@ -772,7 +827,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 
 	$command_hist = TRUE;
     ?>
-(Notice the extra indent between the PHP container markers and the code)
+(Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
 To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
@@ -804,8 +859,10 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
-(Since in PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks, by default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
-unnecessary indentation)
+In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
+and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
+meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
+traditional way.
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 28
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -725,6 +725,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
 |gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
+|gT|		gT		   go to the previous tab page
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
 				   when executing a mapping or menu in Select
@@ -762,6 +763,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gq|		gq{motion}	2  format Nmove text
 |gr|		gr{char}	2  virtual replace N chars with {char}
 |gs|		gs		   go to sleep for N seconds (default 1)
+|gt|		gt		   go to the next tab page
 |gu|		gu{motion}	2  make Nmove text lowercase
 |gv|		gv		   reselect the previous Visual area
 |gw|		gw{motion}	2  format Nmove text and keep cursor
@@ -1401,8 +1403,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
 |:python3|	:python3	same as :py3
+|:py3do|	:py3d[o]	execute Python 3 command for each line
 |:py3file|	:py3f[ile]	execute Python 3 script file
 |:python|	:py[thon]	execute Python command
+|:pydo|		:pyd[o]		execute Python command for each line
 |:pyfile|	:pyf[ile]	execute Python script file
 |:quit|		:q[uit]		quit current window (when one window quit Vim)
 |:quitall|	:quita[ll]	quit Vim
@@ -1506,6 +1510,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:sview|	:sv[iew]	split window and edit file read-only
 |:swapname|	:sw[apname]	show the name of the current swap file
 |:syntax|	:sy[ntax]	syntax highlighting
+|:syntime|	:synti[me]	measure syntax highlighting speed
 |:syncbind|	:sync[bind]	sync scroll binding
 |:t|		:t		same as ":copy"
 |:tNext|	:tN[ext]	jump to previous matching tag

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 09
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1468,9 +1468,9 @@ knows how to color highlight.  It can be used for any filetype and provides a
 minimal language-sensitive completion.
 
 To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
-	setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
+    setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
 
-You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
+You can automate this by placing the following in your |.vimrc| (after any
 ":filetype" command): >
     if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
 	autocmd Filetype *
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list.  Let's have
 a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
 
 If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
-	:syntax list
+    syntax list
 
 The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax groups.
 The PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
@@ -1496,24 +1496,38 @@ that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case.  For example these syntax
 groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
 phpFunctions.
 
-The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
-highlight.  This means these items will be available within the omni
-completion list.  Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
-interested in certain items.
+If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a 
+regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim)
+to add items.  Looking at the output from ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file 
+I can see some of these entries: >
+    htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects
 
-There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find certain
-syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
-vimrc: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+To pick up any JavaScript and HTML keyword syntax groups while editing a PHP
+file, you can use 3 different regexs, one for each language.  Or you can 
+simply restrict the include groups to a particular value, without using 
+a regex string: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'php\w\+,javaScript\w\+,html\w\+'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+<
+The basic form of this variable is: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
+
+The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
+highlight.  These these items will be available within the omni completion
+list.  
+
+Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only interested in certain
+items.  There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find
+certain syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can use two different 
+methods to identify these groups.  The first specifically lists the syntax 
+groups by name.  The second uses a regular expression to identify both 
+syntax groups.  Simply add one the following to your vimrc: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'php\w*Constant'
 
 Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them.  The basic
 form of this variable is: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
-
-For completeness the opposite is also true.  Creating this variable in your
-vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
-groups: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
 
 You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
 filetype at the end of the variable name.
@@ -1554,6 +1568,9 @@ To retrieve only the syntax items for the sqlOperator syntax group: >
 To retrieve all syntax items for both the sqlOperator and sqlType groups: >
     echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlOperator', 'sqlType'] )
 
+A regular expression can also be used: >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sql\w\+'] )
+
 From within a plugin, you would typically assign the output to a List: >
     let myKeywords = []
     let myKeywords = OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlKeyword'] )
@@ -1869,13 +1886,15 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
 			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 							*:r!* *:read!*
-:[range]r[ead] !{cmd}	Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
+:[range]r[ead] [++opt] !{cmd}
+			Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
 			the cursor or the specified line.  A temporary file is
 			used to store the output of the command which is then
 			read into the buffer.  'shellredir' is used to save
 			the output of the command, which can be set to include
 			stderr or not.  {cmd} is executed like with ":!{cmd}",
 			any '!' is replaced with the previous command |:!|.
+			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 These commands insert the contents of a file, or the output of a command,
 into the buffer.  They can be undone.  They cannot be repeated with the "."

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ modes.
 :nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nm* *:nmap*
 :vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vm* *:vmap*
 :xm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xm* *:xmap*
-:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		      *:smap*
+:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		    *:smap*
 :om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
 :map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
@@ -175,6 +175,7 @@ The "<buffer>" argument can also be used to clear mappings: >
 	:mapclear <buffer>
 Local mappings are also cleared when a buffer is deleted, but not when it is
 unloaded.  Just like local option values.
+Also see |map-precedence|.
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -654,6 +655,18 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
+                            				*map-precedence*
+Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
+global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
+Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
+buffer-local mapping immediately, even if a longer global mapping has the
+buffer-local mapping as a prefix.  For example, given the following two
+mappings: >
+    :map <buffer> \a   :echo "Local \a"<CR>
+    :map          \abc :echo "Global \abc"<CR>
+The buffer-local mapping \a will be used immediately.  Vim will not wait for
+more characters to see if the user might be typing \abc.
+
 							*map-keys-fails*
 There are situations where key codes might not be recognized:
 - Vim can only read part of the key code.  Mostly this is only the first
@@ -1242,6 +1255,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
+	-complete=syntime	|:syntime| suboptions
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
 	-complete=user		user names

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 06
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ COMPILING
 If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
 is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
 
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "big" features.
-You can further tune what features are included.  See the INSTALL files in the
-source directory.
+If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
+"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
+INSTALL files in the source directory.
 
 
 LOCALE

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -277,8 +277,10 @@ Now the 'list' option is not set, because ":set nolist" resets the global
 value, ":setlocal list" only changes the local value and ":e two" gets the
 global value.  Note that if you do this next: >
 	:e one
-You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
-"one".  The options local to a window are not remembered for each buffer.
+You will get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited "one".
+The options local to a window are remembered for each buffer.  This also
+happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
+wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
 :setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
@@ -2241,7 +2243,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.
 
-						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+		*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'* *'nocscoperelative'* *'nocsre'*
 'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
@@ -5130,7 +5132,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'relativenumber' is reset.
+						*number_relativenumber*
+	The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
+	relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
+	four combinations (cursor in line 3):
+
+              	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+		'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
+
+	    |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
+	    |pear           |  2 pear       |  1 pear       |  1 pear
+	    |nobody         |  3 nobody     |  0 nobody     |3   nobody
+	    |there          |  4 there      |  1 there      |  1 there
 
 						*'numberwidth'* *'nuw'*
 'numberwidth' 'nuw'	number	(Vim default: 4  Vi default: 8)
@@ -5514,6 +5527,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
 	when using a very complicated pattern.
 
+						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
+'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	This selects the default regexp engine. |two-engines|
+	The possible values are:
+		0	automatic selection
+		1	old engine
+		2	NFA engine
+	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
+	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
+	for debugging the regexp engine.
+
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
@@ -5532,7 +5558,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'number' is reset.
+	
+	The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
+	'number', see |number_relativenumber| for all combinations of the two
+	options.
 
 						*'remap'* *'noremap'*
 'remap'			boolean	(default on)
@@ -7506,7 +7535,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	given, no further entry is used.
 	See |undo-persistence|.
 
-						*'undofile'* *'udf'*
+				*'undofile'* *'noundofile'* *'udf'* *'noudf'*
 'undofile' 'udf'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 25
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -350,6 +350,27 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 		or  \z( pattern \)		|/\z(|
 
 
+				*/\%#=* *two-engines*
+Vim includes two regexp engines:
+1. An old, backtracking engine that supports everything.
+2. A new, NFA engine that works much faster on some patterns, but does not
+   support everything.
+
+Vim will automatically select the right engine for you.  However, if you run
+into a problem or want to specifically select one engine or the other, you can
+prepend one of the following to the pattern:
+
+	\%#=0	Force automatic selection.  Only has an effect when
+	        'regexpengine' has been set to a non-zero value.
+	\%#=1	Force using the old engine.
+	\%#=2	Force using the NFA engine.
+
+You can also use the 'regexpengine' option to change the default.
+
+			 *E864* *E868* *E874* *E875* *E876* *E877* *E878*
+If selecting the NFA engine and it runs into something that is not implemented
+the pattern will not match.  This is only useful when debugging Vim.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Magic							*/magic*
 
@@ -396,9 +417,10 @@ pattern.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Overview of pattern items				*pattern-overview*
+						*E865* *E866* *E867* *E869*
 
 Overview of multi items.				*/multi* *E61* *E62*
-More explanation and examples below, follow the links.			*E64*
+More explanation and examples below, follow the links.		*E64* *E871*
 
 	  multi ~
      'magic' 'nomagic'	matches of the preceding atom ~
@@ -508,12 +530,14 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 
 |/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
+|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
+			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
 |/\V|	\V	\V	the following chars in the pattern are "very nomagic"
-|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
-			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+|/\%#=|   \%#=1   \%#=1   select regexp engine |/zero-width|
 
 |/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123)
 |/\%x|	\%x	\%x	match specified hex character (eg \%x2a)
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}
 
-						*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554*
+					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -674,6 +698,7 @@ overview.
 	For speed it's often much better to avoid this multi.  Try using "\zs"
 	instead |/\zs|.  To match the same as the above example:
 		an\_s\+\zsfile
+	At least set a limit for the look-behind, see below.
 
 	"\@<=" and "\@<!" check for matches just before what follows.
 	Theoretically these matches could start anywhere before this position.
@@ -686,6 +711,18 @@ overview.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
+\@123<=
+	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
+	of matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.  Example, check if there is a "<" just before "span":
+		/<\@1<=span
+	This will try matching "<" only one byte before "span", which is the
+	only place that works anyway.
+	After crossing a line boundary, the limit is relative to the end of
+	the line.  Thus the characters at the start of the line with the match
+	are not counted (this is just to keep it simple).
+	The number zero is the same as no limit.
+
 							*/\@<!*
 \@<!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
@@ -695,11 +732,16 @@ overview.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
-	for a match).
+	for a match).  Use a limit if you can, see below.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(foo\)\@<!bar		any "bar" that's not in "foobar"
 	\(\/\/.*\)\@<!in	"in" which is not after "//"
 
+\@123<!
+	Like "\@<!" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots of
+	matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.
+
 							*/\@>*
 \@>	Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
 	Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
@@ -962,7 +1004,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 ~	matches the last given substitute string	*/~* */\~*
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
-	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.  *E51* *E54* *E55*
+	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
 	the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi}
@@ -1061,6 +1104,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux".  "[\xyz]" matches '\',
 	  'x', 'y' and 'z'.  It's better to use "\\" though, future expansions
 	  may use other characters after '\'.
+	- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
+	  "[]]", it matches the ']' character.
 	- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
 	  included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}:
 		\e	<Esc>
@@ -1166,6 +1211,8 @@ When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
 Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
 different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
 when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
+must match.
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1175,8 +1222,20 @@ When using a dot and a composing character, this works the same as the
 composing character by itself, except that it doesn't matter what comes before
 this.
 
-The order of composing characters matters, even though changing the order
-doesn't change what a character looks like.  This may change in the future.
+The order of composing characters does not matter.  Also, the text may have
+more composing characters than the pattern, it still matches.  But all
+composing characters in the pattern must be found in the text.
+
+Suppose B is a base character and x and y are composing characters:
+	pattern		text		match ~
+	Bxy		Bxy		yes (perfect match)
+	Bxy		Byx		yes (order ignored)
+	Bxy		By		no (x missing)
+	Bxy		Bx		no (y missing)
+	Bx		Bx		yes (perfect match)
+	Bx		By		no (x missing)
+	Bx		Bxy		yes (extra y ignored)
+	Bx		Byx		yes (extra y ignored)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Compare with Perl patterns				*perl-patterns*

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
 >
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
@@ -343,6 +343,11 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
 		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
 		Doesn't override vimball installation.
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
+<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+		Override this if your system needs
+	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
@@ -380,7 +385,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
-v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
+		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
+		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
+		     yet-another-option.
+v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
                      (tgz taz tbz txz)
 v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
 		   * *.xz support

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
-	    -----------------------------------------------------
-	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-	    -----------------------------------------------------
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+	    ------------------------------------------------
+	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
+	    ------------------------------------------------
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE applies to the files in this package, including
 	netrw.vim, pi_netrw.txt, netrwFileHandlers.vim, netrwSettings.vim, and
 	syntax/netrw.vim.  Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
@@ -25,83 +25,87 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents						*netrw-contents* {{{1
 
-1.  Contents.............................................|netrw-contents|
-2.  Starting With Netrw..................................|netrw-start|
-3.  Netrw Reference......................................|netrw-ref|
-      EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS................|netrw-externapp|
-      READING............................................|netrw-read|
-      WRITING............................................|netrw-write|
-      SOURCING...........................................|netrw-source|
-      DIRECTORY LISTING..................................|netrw-dirlist|
-      CHANGING THE USERID AND PASSWORD...................|netrw-chgup|
-      VARIABLES AND SETTINGS.............................|netrw-variables|
-      PATHS..............................................|netrw-path|
-4.  Network-Oriented File Transfer.......................|netrw-xfer|
-      NETRC..............................................|netrw-netrc|
-      PASSWORD...........................................|netrw-passwd|
-5.  Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
-6.  Transparent Remote File Editing......................|netrw-transparent|
-7.  Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
-8.  Variables and Options................................|netrw-variables|
-9.  Browsing.............................................|netrw-browse|
-      Introduction To Browsing...........................|netrw-intro-browse|
-      Quick Reference: Maps..............................|netrw-browse-maps|
-      Quick Reference: Commands..........................|netrw-browse-cmds|
-      Bookmarking A Directory............................|netrw-mb|
-      Browsing...........................................|netrw-cr|
-      Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window..........|netrw-o|
-      Browsing With A New Tab............................|netrw-t|
-      Browsing With A Vertically Split Window............|netrw-v|
-      Change Listing Style.(thin wide long tree).........|netrw-i|
-      Changing To A Bookmarked Directory.................|netrw-gb|
-      Changing To A Predecessor Directory................|netrw-u|
-      Changing To A Successor Directory..................|netrw-U|
-      Customizing Browsing With A User Function..........|netrw-x|
-      Deleting Bookmarks.................................|netrw-mB|
-      Deleting Files Or Directories......................|netrw-D|
-      Directory Exploring Commands.......................|netrw-explore|
-      Exploring With Stars and Patterns..................|netrw-star|
-      Displaying Information About File..................|netrw-qf|
-      Edit File Or Directory Hiding List.................|netrw-ctrl-h|
-      Editing The Sorting Sequence.......................|netrw-S|
-      Forcing treatment as a file or directory...........|netrw-gd| |netrw-gf|
-      Going Up...........................................|netrw--|
-      Hiding Files Or Directories........................|netrw-a|
-      Improving Browsing.................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
-      Listing Bookmarks And History......................|netrw-qb|
-      Making A New Directory.............................|netrw-d|
-      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory|netrw-c|
-      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
-      Marking Files By Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
-      Marked Files: Arbitrary Command....................|netrw-mx|
-      Marked Files: Compression And Decompression........|netrw-mz|
-      Marked Files: Copying..............................|netrw-mc|
-      Marked Files: Diff.................................|netrw-md|
-      Marked Files: Editing..............................|netrw-me|
-      Marked Files: Grep.................................|netrw-mg|
-      Marked Files: Hiding and Unhiding by Suffix........|netrw-mh|
-      Marked Files: Moving...............................|netrw-mm|
-      Marked Files: Printing.............................|netrw-mp|
-      Marked Files: Sourcing.............................|netrw-ms|
-      Marked Files: Tagging..............................|netrw-mT|
-      Marked Files: Setting the Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
-      Marked Files: Unmarking............................|netrw-mu|
-      Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browser-var|
-      Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
-      Netrw Settings Window..............................|netrw-settings-window|
-      Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
-      Preview Window.....................................|netrw-p|
-      Previous Window....................................|netrw-P|
-      Refreshing The Listing.............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
-      Renaming Files Or Directories......................|netrw-move|
-      Reversing Sorting Order............................|netrw-r|
-      Selecting Sorting Style............................|netrw-s|
-      Setting Editing Window.............................|netrw-C|
-10. Problems and Fixes...................................|netrw-problems|
-11. Debugging Netrw Itself...............................|netrw-debug|
-12. History..............................................|netrw-history|
-13. Todo.................................................|netrw-todo|
-14. Credits..............................................|netrw-credits|
+1.  Contents..............................................|netrw-contents|
+2.  Starting With Netrw...................................|netrw-start|
+3.  Netrw Reference.......................................|netrw-ref|
+      EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS.................|netrw-externapp|
+      READING.............................................|netrw-read|
+      WRITING.............................................|netrw-write|
+      SOURCING............................................|netrw-source|
+      DIRECTORY LISTING...................................|netrw-dirlist|
+      CHANGING THE USERID AND PASSWORD....................|netrw-chgup|
+      VARIABLES AND SETTINGS..............................|netrw-variables|
+      PATHS...............................................|netrw-path|
+4.  Network-Oriented File Transfer........................|netrw-xfer|
+      NETRC...............................................|netrw-netrc|
+      PASSWORD............................................|netrw-passwd|
+5.  Activation............................................|netrw-activate|
+6.  Transparent Remote File Editing.......................|netrw-transparent|
+7.  Ex Commands...........................................|netrw-ex|
+8.  Variables and Options.................................|netrw-variables|
+9.  Browsing..............................................|netrw-browse|
+      Introduction To Browsing............................|netrw-intro-browse|
+      Quick Reference: Maps...............................|netrw-browse-maps|
+      Quick Reference: Commands...........................|netrw-browse-cmds|
+      Bookmarking A Directory.............................|netrw-mb|
+      Browsing............................................|netrw-cr|
+      Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window...........|netrw-o|
+      Browsing With A New Tab.............................|netrw-t|
+      Browsing With A Vertically Split Window.............|netrw-v|
+      Change Listing Style.(thin wide long tree)..........|netrw-i|
+      Changing To A Bookmarked Directory..................|netrw-gb|
+      Changing To A Predecessor Directory.................|netrw-u|
+      Changing To A Successor Directory...................|netrw-U|
+      Customizing Browsing With A User Function...........|netrw-x|
+      Deleting Bookmarks..................................|netrw-mB|
+      Deleting Files Or Directories.......................|netrw-D|
+      Directory Exploring Commands........................|netrw-explore|
+      Exploring With Stars and Patterns...................|netrw-star|
+      Displaying Information About File...................|netrw-qf|
+      Edit File Or Directory Hiding List..................|netrw-ctrl-h|
+      Editing The Sorting Sequence........................|netrw-S|
+      Forcing treatment as a file or directory............|netrw-gd| |netrw-gf|
+      Going Up............................................|netrw--|
+      Hiding Files Or Directories.........................|netrw-a|
+      Improving Browsing..................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
+      Listing Bookmarks And History.......................|netrw-qb|
+      Making A New Directory..............................|netrw-d|
+      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory.|netrw-c|
+      Marking Files.......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Unmarking Files.....................................|netrw-mF|
+      Marking Files By QuickFix List......................|netrw-qF|
+      Marking Files By Regular Expression.................|netrw-mr|
+      Marked Files: Arbitrary Command.....................|netrw-mx|
+      Marked Files: Compression And Decompression.........|netrw-mz|
+      Marked Files: Copying...............................|netrw-mc|
+      Marked Files: Diff..................................|netrw-md|
+      Marked Files: Editing...............................|netrw-me|
+      Marked Files: Grep..................................|netrw-mg|
+      Marked Files: Hiding and Unhiding by Suffix.........|netrw-mh|
+      Marked Files: Moving................................|netrw-mm|
+      Marked Files: Printing..............................|netrw-mp|
+      Marked Files: Sourcing..............................|netrw-ms|
+      Marked Files: Setting the Target Directory..........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Tagging...............................|netrw-mT|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks......|netrw-Tb|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History........|netrw-Th|
+      Marked Files: Unmarking.............................|netrw-mu|
+      Netrw Browser Variables.............................|netrw-browser-var|
+      Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities.........|netrw-incompatible|
+      Netrw Settings Window...............................|netrw-settings-window|
+      Obtaining A File....................................|netrw-O|
+      Preview Window......................................|netrw-p|
+      Previous Window.....................................|netrw-P|
+      Refreshing The Listing..............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+      Reversing Sorting Order.............................|netrw-r|
+      Renaming Files Or Directories.......................|netrw-R|
+      Selecting Sorting Style.............................|netrw-s|
+      Setting Editing Window..............................|netrw-C|
+10. Problems and Fixes....................................|netrw-problems|
+11. Debugging Netrw Itself................................|netrw-debug|
+12. History...............................................|netrw-history|
+13. Todo..................................................|netrw-todo|
+14. Credits...............................................|netrw-credits|
 
 {Vi does not have any of this}
 
@@ -142,13 +146,13 @@ and has lines resembling >
 <
 Windows' ftp doesn't support .netrc; however, one may have in one's .vimrc:  >
 
-	let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
+   let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\MyUserName\MACHINE'
 <
-Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for MACHINE from the url it is
+Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for "MACHINE" from the url it is
 attempting to open, and so one may specify >
 	userid
 	password
-for each site in a separate file in c:\Users\Myself\.
+for each site in a separate file: c:\Users\MyUserName\MachineName.
 
 Now about browsing -- when you just want to look around before editing a
 file.  For browsing on your current host, just "edit" a directory: >
@@ -282,7 +286,7 @@ SOURCING					*netrw-source* {{{2
 	:Nsource "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path"	uses scp
 	:Nsource "sftp://[user@]machine/path"		uses sftp
 
-DIRECTORY LISTING				*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
+DIRECTORY LISTING			*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
 
 	One may browse a directory to get a listing by simply attempting to
 	edit the directory: >
@@ -317,6 +321,8 @@ CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD		*netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
 	:call NetUserPass("uid")		-- prompts for password
 	:call NetUserPass("uid","password")	-- sets global uid and password
 
+(Related topics: |ftp| |netrw-userpass| |netrw-start|)
+
 NETRW VARIABLES AND SETTINGS				*netrw-variables* {{{2
     (Also see:
     |netrw-browser-var|     : netrw browser option variables
@@ -538,8 +544,8 @@ netrw will substitute the current machine name requested for ftp connections
 for MACHINE.  Hence one can have multiple machine.ftp files containing login
 and password for ftp.  Example: >
 
-	let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
-	vim ftp://myhost.somewhere.net/
+    let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
+    vim ftp://myhost.somewhere.net/
 will use a file >
 	C:\Users\Myself\myhost.ftp
 <
@@ -923,6 +929,7 @@ itself:
      endfunction
     endif
 >
+(Related topics: |ftp| |netrw-userpass| |netrw-start|)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Browsing		*netrw-browsing* *netrw-browse* *netrw-help* {{{1
@@ -1086,8 +1093,8 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	<2-leftmouse>	(gvim only) when:
 	                 * in a netrw-selected file, AND
 		         * |g:netrw_retmap| == 1     AND
-		         * the user doesn't already have a <2-leftmouse> mapping
-			   defined before netrw is autoloaded,
+		         * the user doesn't already have a <2-leftmouse>
+			   mapping defined before netrw is autoloaded,
 			then a double clicked leftmouse button will return
 			to the netrw browser window.  See |g:netrw_retmap|.
 	<s-leftmouse>	(gvim only) like mf, will mark files
@@ -1183,17 +1190,18 @@ cursor at the top.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_alto| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
    |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
 
-BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB				*netrw-t* *netrw-T* {{{2
+BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB				*netrw-t*
 
 Normally one enters a file or directory using the <cr>.  The "t" map
 allows one to open a new window holding the new directory listing or file in
-a new tab.  The "T" version puts the file or directory into a background tab
-(see |gT|)
+a new tab.
+
+If you'd like to have the new listing in a background tab, use |gT|.
 
 Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-p| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
@@ -1213,7 +1221,7 @@ will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_altv| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
    |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
@@ -1276,6 +1284,8 @@ To change directory back to a bookmarked directory, use
 	{cnt}gb
 
 Any count may be used to reference any of the bookmarks.
+Note that |netrw-qb| shows both bookmarks and history; to go
+to a location stored in the history see |netrw-u| and |netrw-U|.
 
 Related Topics:
 	|netrw-mB| how to delete bookmarks
@@ -1291,6 +1301,13 @@ list (unless |g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
 "u" map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor).  To do
 the opposite, see |netrw-U|.
 
+The "u" map also accepts counts to go back in the history several slots.
+For your convenience, |netrw-qb| lists the history number which can be
+re-used in that count.
+
+See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
+slots.
+
 
 CHANGING TO A SUCCESSOR DIRECTORY		*netrw-U* *netrw-downdir* {{{2
 
@@ -1298,6 +1315,11 @@ With the "U" map, one can change to a later directory (successor).
 This map is the opposite of the "u" map. (see |netrw-u|)  Use the
 q map to list both the bookmarks and history. (see |netrw-qb|)
 
+The "U" map also accepts counts to go forward in the history several slots.
+
+See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
+slots.
+
 
 NETRW CLEAN					*netrw-clean* *:NetrwClean*
 
@@ -1674,7 +1696,7 @@ As a quick shortcut, one may press >
 to toggle between hiding files which begin with a period (dot) and not hiding
 them.
 
-Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_list_hide|
+Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_list_hide|  |g:netrw_hide|
 Associated topics: |netrw-a| |netrw-ctrl-h| |netrw-mh|
 
 IMPROVING BROWSING			*netrw-listhack* *netrw-ssh-hack* {{{2
@@ -1785,9 +1807,10 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_localmkdir|  |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
 MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY	*netrw-c* {{{2
 
 By default, |g:netrw_keepdir| is 1.  This setting means that the current
-directory will not track the browsing directory.
+directory will not track the browsing directory. (done for backwards
+compatibility with v6's file explorer).
 
-Setting g:netrw_keepdir to 0 tells netrw to make vim's current directory to
+Setting g:netrw_keepdir to 0 tells netrw to make vim's current directory
 track netrw's browsing directory.
 
 However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
@@ -1810,6 +1833,7 @@ maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mc|	Copy marked files to target
     |netrw-md|	Apply vimdiff to marked files
     |netrw-me|	Edit marked files
+    |netrw-mF|	Unmark marked files
     |netrw-mg|	Apply vimgrep to marked files
     |netrw-mm|	Move marked files
     |netrw-mp|	Print marked files
@@ -1817,6 +1841,7 @@ maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mT|	Generate tags using marked files
     |netrw-mx|	Apply shell command to marked files
     |netrw-mz|	Compress/Decompress marked files
+    |netrw-qF|	Mark files using quickfix list
     |netrw-O|	Obtain marked files
     |netrw-R|	Rename marked files
 
@@ -1844,6 +1869,22 @@ commands which operate on marked files use one or the other of the marked file
 lists.
 
 
+UNMARKING FILES							*netrw-mF* {{{2
+	(also see |netrw-mf|)
+
+This command will unmark all files in the current buffer.  One may also use
+mf (|netrw-mf|) on a specific file to unmark just that file.
+
+
+MARKING FILES BY QUICKFIX LIST				*netrw-qF*
+	(also see |netrw-mf|)
+
+One may convert the |quickfix-error-lists| into a marked file list using
+"qF".  You may then proceed with commands such as me (|netrw-me|) to
+edit them.  Quickfix error lists are generated, for example, by calls
+to |:vimgrep|.
+
+
 MARKING FILES BY REGULAR EXPRESSION				*netrw-mr* {{{2
 	(also see |netrw-mf|)
 
@@ -1902,17 +1943,27 @@ MARKED FILES: EDITING						*netrw-me* {{{2
 
 This command will place the marked files on the |arglist| and commence
 editing them.  One may return the to explorer window with |:Rexplore|.
+(use |:n| and |:p| to edit next and previous files in the arglist)
 
 MARKED FILES: GREP						*netrw-mg* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
 
-This command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.  The command will ask
-for the requested pattern; one may enter: >
+This command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.
+The command will ask for the requested pattern; one may then enter: >
+
 	/pattern/[g][j]
 	! /pattern/[g][j]
 	pattern
 <
+In the cases of "j" option usage as shown above, "mg" will winnow the current
+marked file list to just those possessing the specified pattern.
+Thus, one may use >
+	mr ...file-pattern
+	mg ..contents-pattern
+to have a marked file list satisfying the file-pattern but containing the
+desried contents-pattern.
+
 MARKED FILES: HIDING AND UNHIDING BY SUFFIX			*netrw-mh* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
@@ -1958,6 +2009,36 @@ MARKED FILES: SOURCING						*netrw-ms* {{{2
 Netrw will source the marked files (using vim's |:source| command)
 
 
+MARKED FILES: SETTING THE TARGET DIRECTORY			*netrw-mt* {{{2
+     (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+
+Set the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|):
+
+  * If the cursor is atop a file name, then the netrw window's currently
+    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+
+  * Also, if the cursor is in the banner, then the netrw window's currently
+    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+    Unless the target already is the current directory.  In which case,
+    remove the target.
+
+  * However, if the cursor is atop a directory name, then that directory is
+    used for the copy/move-to target
+
+There is only one copy/move-to target per vim session; ie. the target is a
+script variable (see |s:var|) and is shared between all netrw windows (in an
+instance of vim).
+
+When using menus and gvim, netrw provides a "Targets" entry which allows one
+to pick a target from the list of bookmarks and history.
+
+Related topics:
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks.....|netrw-Tb|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History.......|netrw-Th|
+
+
 MARKED FILES: TAGGING						*netrw-mT* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
@@ -1983,24 +2064,37 @@ edit the desired file and go to the tag.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_ctags| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
 
+MARKED FILES: TARGET DIRECTORY USING BOOKMARKS  		*netrw-Tb* {{{2
 
-MARKED FILES: SETTING THE TARGET DIRECTORY			*netrw-mt* {{{2
-     (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+Sets the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|).
 
-Set the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|):
+The |netrw-qb| map will give you a list of bookmarks (and history).
+One may choose one of the bookmarks to become your marked file
+target by using [count]Tb (default count: 1).
 
-  * if the cursor is atop a file name, then the netrw window's currently
-    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+Related topics:
+      Listing Bookmarks and History......................|netrw-qb|
+      Marked Files: Setting The Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History.......|netrw-Th|
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
 
-  * also, if the cursor is in the banner, then the netrw window's currently
-    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
 
-  * however, if the cursor is atop a directory name, then that directory is
-    used for the copy/move-to target
+MARKED FILES: TARGET DIRECTORY USING HISTORY	  		*netrw-Th* {{{2
+
+Sets the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|).
+
+The |netrw-qb| map will give you a list of history (and bookmarks).
+One may choose one of the history entries to become your marked file
+target by using [count]Th (default count: 0; ie. the current directory).
+
+Related topics:
+      Listing Bookmarks and History......................|netrw-qb|
+      Marked Files: Setting The Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks.....|netrw-Tb|
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
 
-There is only one copy/move-to target per vim session; ie. the target is a
-script variable (see |s:var|) and is shared between all netrw windows (in an
-instance of vim).
 
 MARKED FILES: UNMARKING						*netrw-mu* {{{2
      (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
@@ -2020,21 +2114,25 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
    ---				-----------
    Var				Explanation
    ---				-----------
-< *g:netrw_alto*		  change from above splitting to below splitting
+< *g:netrw_alto*		change from above splitting to below splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-o|)
 				 default: =&sb           (see |'sb'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_altv*		  change from left splitting to right splitting
+  *g:netrw_altv*		change from left splitting to right splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
 				 default: =&spr          (see |'spr'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_banner*		  enable/suppress the banner
+  *g:netrw_banner*		enable/suppress the banner
 				=0: suppress the banner
 				=1: banner is enabled (default)
 				NOTE: suppressing the banner is a new feature
 				which may cause problems.
 
-  *g:netrw_browse_split*	  when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
+  *g:netrw_bannerbackslash*	if this variable exists and is not zero, the
+				banner will be displayed with backslashes
+				rather than forward slashes.
+
+  *g:netrw_browse_split*	when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
 				=0: re-using the same window
 				=1: horizontally splitting the window first
 				=2: vertically   splitting the window first
@@ -2044,7 +2142,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    to get vertical splitting instead of
 				    horizontal splitting.
 
-  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	  specify user's preference for a viewer: >
+  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	specify user's preference for a viewer: >
 					"kfmclient exec"
 					"gnome-open"
 <				If >
@@ -2053,15 +2151,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				a script/function to handle the given
 				extension.  (see |netrw_filehandler|).
 
-  *g:netrw_chgperm*		  Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
+  *g:netrw_chgperm*		Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
 				Windows:    "cacls FILENAME /e /p PERM"
 				Used to change access permission for a file.
 
-  *g:netrw_compress*		  ="gzip"
+  *g:netrw_compress*		="gzip"
 				    Will compress marked files with this
 				    command
 
-  *g:Netrw_corehandler*		  Allows one to specify something additional
+  *g:Netrw_corehandler*		Allows one to specify something additional
 				to do when handling <core> files via netrw's
 				browser's "x" command (see |netrw-x|).  If
 				present, g:Netrw_corehandler specifies
@@ -2070,10 +2168,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				is required its holding a function reference)
 
 
-  *g:netrw_ctags*		  ="ctags"
-				The default external program used to create tags
+  *g:netrw_ctags*		="ctags"
+				The default external program used to create
+				tags
 
-  *g:netrw_cursor*		  = 2 (default)
+  *g:netrw_cursor*		= 2 (default)
   				This option controls the use of the
 				|'cursorline'| (cul) and |'cursorcolumn'|
 				(cuc) settings by netrw:
@@ -2091,7 +2190,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				  cul   : |'cursorline'|  locally set
 				  cuc   : |'cursorcolumn'| locally set
 
-  *g:netrw_decompress*		  = { ".gz" : "gunzip" ,
+  *g:netrw_decompress*		= { ".gz"  : "gunzip" ,
 				    ".bz2" : "bunzip2" ,
 				    ".zip" : "unzip" ,
 				    ".tar" : "tar -xf"}
@@ -2112,7 +2211,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    1: warnings
 				    2: errors
 
-  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		  =0: slow speed directory browsing;
+  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		=0: slow speed directory browsing;
 				    never re-uses directory listings,
 				    always obtains directory listings.
 				=1: medium speed directory browsing;
@@ -2136,10 +2235,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				trading off accuracy (ie. up-to-date listing)
 				versus speed.
 
-  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	  =' ?&;%'
+  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	=' ?&;%'
 				Used on filenames before remote reading/writing
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	  ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
+  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
 				that can show up as "directories" and "files"
 				in the listing.  This pattern is used to
 				remove such embedded messages.  By default its
@@ -2152,19 +2251,19 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 : connect to address [0-9a-fA-F:]*
 				 : No route to host$'
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing.  Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -lF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"
 
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by size of file.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -slF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by time of last modification.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -tlF"
@@ -2175,61 +2274,64 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				These characters in directory names are
 				escaped before applying glob()
 
-  *g:netrw_hide*		  if true, the hiding list is used
+  *g:netrw_hide*		Controlled by the "a" map (see |netrw-a|)
+				=0 : show all
+				=1 : show not-hidden files
+				=2 : show hidden files only
 				 default: =0
 
-  *g:netrw_home*		  The home directory for where bookmarks and
+  *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
 				.netrwhist).
 				 default: the first directory on the
 				         |'runtimepath'|
 
-  *g:netrw_keepdir*		  =1 (default) keep current directory immune from
+  *g:netrw_keepdir*		=1 (default) keep current directory immune from
 				   the browsing directory.
 				=0 keep the current directory the same as the
 				   browsing directory.
 				The current browsing directory is contained in
 				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)
 
-  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		  command for listing remote directories
+  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		command for listing remote directories
 				 default: (if ssh is executable)
 				          "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
 
-  *g:netrw_liststyle*		  Set the default listing style:
+  *g:netrw_liststyle*		Set the default listing style:
                                 = 0: thin listing (one file per line)
                                 = 1: long listing (one file per line with time
 				     stamp information and file size)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		  comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
 				 default: ""
 
-  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	  ="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="copy" Windows
 				Copies marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	  ="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		command for making a local directory
+				 default: "mkdir"
+
+  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="move" Windows
 				Moves marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mm|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		  command for making a local directory
-				 default: "mkdir"
-
-  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		  remove directory command (rmdir)
+  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		remove directory command (rmdir)
 				 default: "rmdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	  =32 by default, selected so as to make long
+  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	=32 by default, selected so as to make long
 				    listings fit on 80 column displays.
 				If your screen is wider, and you have file
 				or directory names longer than 32 bytes,
 				you may set this option to keep listings
 				columnar.
 
-  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		  command for making a remote directory
+  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		command for making a remote directory
 				via ssh  (also see |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|)
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
 
@@ -2246,11 +2348,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				evaluation will be suppressed
 				(see |'ballooneval'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	  command for making a local directory
+  *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	command for making a local directory
 				via ftp  (also see |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|)
 				 default: "mkdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_retmap*		  if it exists and is set to one, then:
+  *g:netrw_retmap*		if it exists and is set to one, then:
 				 * if in a netrw-selected file, AND
 				 * no normal-mode <2-leftmouse> mapping exists,
 				then the <2-leftmouse> will be mapped for easy
@@ -2269,22 +2371,22 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 				  default: =0
 
-  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		  command for removing files
+  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		command for removing files
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm"
 
-  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		  command for removing directories
+  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		command for removing directories
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rmdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		   command for removing softlinks
+  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		command for removing softlinks
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm -f"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_by*		  sort by "name", "time", or "size"
+  *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", or "size"
 				 default: "name"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	  sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
+  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
 				 default: "normal"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_options*	  sorting is done using |:sort|; this
+  *g:netrw_sort_options*	sorting is done using |:sort|; this
 				variable's value is appended to the
 				sort command.  Thus one may ignore case,
 				for example, with the following in your
@@ -2292,14 +2394,14 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					let g:netrw_sort_options="i"
 <				 default: ""
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	  when sorting by name, first sort by the
+  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	when sorting by name, first sort by the
 				comma-separated pattern sequence.  Note that
 				the filigree added to indicate filetypes
 				should be accounted for in your pattern.
 				 default: '[\/]$,*,\.bak$,\.o$,\.h$,
 				           \.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$'
 
-  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	  If true, then certain files will be shown
+  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	If true, then certain files will be shown
 				using special syntax in the browser:
 
 					netrwBak     : *.bak
@@ -2321,24 +2423,24 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 <				into one's <.vimrc> to use one's own
 				preferences.
 
-  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		  One may specify an executable command
-				to use instead of ssh for remote actions
-				such as listing, file removal, etc.
-				 default: ssh
-
-  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	  ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
+  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
 				messages, banners, and whatnot that one doesn't
 				want masquerading as "directories" and "files".
 				Use this pattern to remove such embedded
 				messages.  By default its value is:
 					 '^total\s\+\d\+$'
 
+  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		One may specify an executable command
+				to use instead of ssh for remote actions
+				such as listing, file removal, etc.
+				 default: ssh
 
-  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	  =' &;'
+
+  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
 				escape() is applied to all temporary files
 				to escape these characters.
 
-  *g:netrw_timefmt*		  specify format string to vim's strftime().
+  *g:netrw_timefmt*		specify format string to vim's strftime().
 				The default, "%c", is "the preferred date
 				and time representation for the current
 				locale" according to my manpage entry for
@@ -2348,7 +2450,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 " %a %Y-%m-%d  %I-%M-%S %p"
 				 default: "%c"
 
-  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		  netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
+  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
 				for browser buffers.  However, under some
 				systems this apparently is causing nasty
 				ml_get errors to appear; if you're getting
@@ -2356,7 +2458,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				  let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 				in your .vimrc.
 
-  *g:netrw_winsize*		  specify initial size of new windows made with
+  *g:netrw_winsize*		specify initial size of new windows made with
 				"o" (see |netrw-o|), "v" (see |netrw-v|),
 				|:Hexplore| or |:Vexplore|.  The g:netrw_winsize
 				is an integer describing the percentage of the
@@ -2367,7 +2469,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				or columns will be used for the new window.
 				 default: 50  (for 50%)
 
-  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		  Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
+  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
 				including multi-byte characters' string
 				length. (thanks to N Weibull, T Mechelynck)
 				=0: uses Vim's built-in strlen()
@@ -2383,7 +2485,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    immediately preceded by lam, one
 				    otherwise, etc)
 
-  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		  This variable specifies the top level
+  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		This variable specifies the top level
 				menu name; by default, it's "Netrw.".  If
 				you wish to change this, do so in your
 				.vimrc.
@@ -2483,7 +2585,7 @@ has been modified, and there's only one window with that buffer, then
 the user will be asked if s/he wishes to save the buffer first (yes,
 no, or cancel).
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
    |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
@@ -2498,6 +2600,15 @@ hit the <cr> when atop the ./ directory entry in the listing.  One may also
 refresh a local directory by using ":e .".
 
 
+REVERSING SORTING ORDER		*netrw-r* *netrw-reverse* {{{2
+
+One may toggle between normal and reverse sorting order by pressing the
+"r" key.
+
+Related topics:              |netrw-s|
+Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_sort_direction|
+
+
 RENAMING FILES OR DIRECTORIES	*netrw-move* *netrw-rename* *netrw-R* {{{2
 
 If there are no marked files: (see |netrw-mf|)
@@ -2528,15 +2639,6 @@ One may rename a block of files and directories by selecting them with
 the V (|linewise-visual|).
 
 
-REVERSING SORTING ORDER		*netrw-r* *netrw-reverse* {{{2
-
-One may toggle between normal and reverse sorting order by pressing the
-"r" key.
-
-Related topics:              |netrw-s|
-Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_sort_direction|
-
-
 SELECTING SORTING STYLE			*netrw-s* *netrw-sort* {{{2
 
 One may select the sorting style by name, time, or (file) size.  The "s" map
@@ -2620,9 +2722,9 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
 
 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
-		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a "man strftime"
-		and find out what option should be used.  Then put it into
-		your |.vimrc|: >
+		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
+		"man strftime" and find out what option should be used.  Then
+		put it into your |.vimrc|: >
 
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
@@ -2895,6 +2997,70 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v149:	Apr 18, 2013	* in wide listing format, now have maps for
+				  w and b to move to next/previous file
+		Apr 26, 2013	* one may now copy files in the same
+				  directory; netrw will issue requests for
+				  what names the files should be copied under
+		Apr 29, 2013	* Trying Benzinger's problem again.  Seems
+				  that commenting out the BufEnter and
+				  installing VimEnter (only) works.  Weird
+				  problem!  (tree listing, vim -O Dir1 Dir2)
+		May 01, 2013	* :Explore ftp://... wasn't working.  Fixed.
+		May 02, 2013	* introduced |g:netrw_bannerbackslash| as
+				  requested by Paul Domaskis.
+		May 18, 2013	* More fixes for windows (not cygwin)
+	v148:	Apr 16, 2013	* changed Netrw's Style menu to allow direct
+				  choice of listing style, hiding style, and
+				  sorting style
+	v147:	Nov 24, 2012	* (James McCoy) Even with g:netrw_dirhistmax
+				  at zero, the .vim/ directory would be
+				  created to support history/bookmarks.  I've
+				  gone over netrw to suppress history and
+				  bookmarking when g:netrw_dirhistmax is zero.
+				  For instance, the menus will display
+				  (disabled) when attempts to use
+				  bookmarks/history are made.
+		Nov 29, 2012	* (Kim Jang-hwan) reported that with
+				  g:Align_xstrlen set to 3 that the cursor was
+				  moved (linewise) after invocation.  This
+				  problem also afflicted netrw.
+				  (see |g:netrw_xstrlen|) Fixed.
+		Jan 21, 2013	* (mattn) provided a patch to insert some
+				  endifs needed with the code implementing
+				  |netrw-O|.
+		Jan 24, 2013	* (John Szakmeister) found that remote file
+				  editing resulted in filetype options being
+				  overwritten by NetrwOptionRestore().  I
+				  moved filetype detect from NetrwGetFile()
+				  to NetrwOptionRestore.
+		Feb 17, 2013	* (Yukhiro Nakadaira) provided a patch
+				  correcting some syntax errors.
+		Feb 28, 2013	* (Ingo Karkat) provided a patch preventing
+				  receipt of an |E95| when revisiting a
+				  file://... style url.
+		Mar 18, 2013	* (Gary Johnson) pointed out that changing
+				  cedit to <Esc> caused problems with visincr;
+				  the cedit setting is now bypassed in netrw too.
+		Apr 02, 2013	* (Paul Domaskis) reported an undefined
+				  variable error (s:didstarstar) was
+				  occurring.  It is now defined at
+				  initialization.
+				* included additional sanity checking for the
+				  marked file functions.
+				* included |netrw-qF| and special "j" option
+				  handling for |netrw-mg|
+		Apr 12, 2013	* |netrw-u| and |netrw-U| now handle counts
+				* the former mapping for "T" has been removed;
+				  in its place are new maps, |netrw-Tb| and |netrw-Th|.
+				* the menu now supports a "Targets" entry for
+				  easier target selection. (see |netrw-mt|)
+				* (Paul Domaskis) reported some problems with
+				  moving/copying files under Windows' gvim
+				  (ie. not cygwin).  Fixed.
+				* (Paul Mueller) provided a patch to get
+				  start and rundll working via |netrw-gx|
+				  by bypassing the user's |'shellslash'| option.
 	v146:	Oct 20, 2012	* (David Kotchan) reported that under Windows,
 				  directories named with unusual characters
 				  such as "#" or "$" were not being listed
@@ -2904,6 +3070,10 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 				  Netrw will now |:bwipe| netrw buffers
 				  upon editing a file if g:netrw_fastbrowse
 				  is zero and its not in tree listing style.
+				* fixed a bug with s:NetrwInit() that
+				  prevented initialization with |Lists| and
+				  |Dictionaries|.
+				* |netrw-mu| now unmarks marked-file lists
 	v145:	Apr 05, 2012	* moved some command from a g:netrw_local_...
 				  format to g:netwr_local... format
 				* included some NOTE level messages about

runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jun 16
+*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,10 @@ are:
   closed folds.
 - 'synmaxcol' times 2 bytes before or after the cursor to avoid a delay
   in a long line with syntax highlighting.
-
+- A timeout of 300 msec (60 msec in Insert mode). This can be changed with the
+  g:matchparen_timeout and g:matchparen_insert_timeout variables and their
+  buffer-local equivalents b:matchparen_timeout and
+  b:matchparen_insert_timeout.
 
 If you would like the |%| command to work better, the matchit plugin can be
 used, see |matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip matches in

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -50,6 +50,21 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	*g:tar_extractcmd* , which by default is >
 		"tar -xf"
 <
+						*:TarDiff*
+   DIFFERENCING SUPPORT~
+
+   :TarDiff [filename]
+
+	This command will attempt to show the differences between the tarball
+	version of a file and the associated file on the system.  In order to
+	find that file on the system, the script uses the path associated with
+	the file mentioned in the tarball.  If the current directory is not
+	correct for that path, :TarDiff will fail to find the associated file.
+
+	If the [filename] is given, that that filename (and path) will be used
+	to specify the associated file.
+
+
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
    If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine tar'd files,

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
 	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
@@ -85,8 +85,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v26 Nov 15, 2012 * (Jason Spiro) provided a lot of new extensions that
+		      are synonyms for .zip
    v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
 		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+		    * (Ben Staniford) now uses
+			has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
+		      before converting to cygwin-style paths
    v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
 		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
 		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -824,6 +824,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
+'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -438,6 +438,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
 		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
 		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
+
+		MS-Windows: This option is not supported.  However, when
+		running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
+		works.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 
@@ -753,11 +757,21 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	file, but "exrc" is what Vi always used, "vimrc" is a Vim specific
 	name.  Also see |vimrc-intro|.
 
-	Recommended place for your personal initializations:
-		Unix		    $HOME/.vimrc
-		OS/2		    $HOME/.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
-		MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_vimrc or $VIM/_vimrc
-		Amiga		    s:.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc
+	Places for your personal initializations:
+		Unix		$HOME/.vimrc or $HOME/.vim/vimrc
+		OS/2		$HOME/.vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
+		MS-Windows	$HOME/_vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/_vimrc
+		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc
+
+	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
+	one that is found is read.
+
+	RECOMMENDATION: Put all your Vim configuration stuff in the
+	$HOME/.vim/ directory ($HOME/vimfiles/ for MS-Windows). That makes it
+	easy to copy it to another system.
 
 	If Vim was started with "-u filename", the file "filename" is used.
 	All following initializations until 4. are skipped.
@@ -787,12 +801,15 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	-  The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
 	   The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	-  The user vimrc file(s):
-		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	(for Unix and OS/2) (*)
-		    "s:.vimrc"		(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "home:.vimrc"	(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	(for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
-		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
-		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "s:.vimrc"		   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:.vimrc"	   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:vimfiles:vimrc"  (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	   (for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
+		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
 		Note: For Unix, OS/2 and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
 		"_vimrc" is also tried, in case an MS-DOS compatible file
 		system is used.  For MS-DOS and Win32 ".vimrc" is checked

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ In the User Manual:
 15. Highlighting tags		|tag-highlight|
 16. Window-local syntax		|:ownsyntax|
 17. Color xterms		|xterm-color|
+18. When syntax is slow		|:syntime|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -381,7 +382,11 @@ This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML.  Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
-colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.  You can jump to
+specific lines by adding (for example) #L123 or #123 to the end of the URL in
+your browser's address bar (#123 only with javascript support). And with
+|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
+in Vim.
 
 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
 Source the script to convert the current file: >
@@ -424,7 +429,11 @@ and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
 			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
 			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
 			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
-			in the generated HTML.
+			in the generated HTML. When this happens you can jump
+			to lines in specific windows with (for example) #W1L42
+			for line 42 in the first diffed window, or #W3L87 for
+			line 87 in the third. Omitting the window ID will
+			default to the first window if javascript is enabled.
 
 			Examples: >
 
@@ -1239,17 +1248,17 @@ to your startup file.
 
 ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 
-The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
-Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
+Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
+the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
 
-If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_keywords = 1
-If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
-.vimrc file: >
-	:let erlang_functions = 1
-If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
-your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_characters = 1
+The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
+put the following line in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
+
+To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
 
 
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
@@ -2286,7 +2295,7 @@ For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
 
   let php_parent_error_close = 1
 
-For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
+For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
 one: >
 
   let php_parent_error_open = 1
@@ -3948,7 +3957,7 @@ External matches					*:syn-ext-match*
 
 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
 
-						*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
+					*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
     \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
 		accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable in
 		defining a syntax region start pattern.
@@ -5078,4 +5087,63 @@ Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
 that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
 (info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
 
+
+==============================================================================
+18. When syntax is slow						*:syntime*
+
+This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
+
+If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
+faster.  To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
+as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
+
+Note: this is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
+You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
+
+To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
+sequence: >
+	:syntime on
+	[ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
+	:syntime report
+
+This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
+it took to match them against the text.
+
+:syntime on		Start measuring syntax times.  This will add some
+			overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
+			matching.
+
+:syntime off		Stop measuring syntax times.
+
+:syntime clear		Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
+
+:syntime report		Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
+			current window.  Use a wider display to see more of
+			the output.
+
+			The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
+			TOTAL		Total time in seconds spent on
+					matching this pattern.
+			COUNT		Number of times the pattern was used.
+			MATCH		Number of times the pattern actually
+					matched
+			SLOWEST		The longest time for one try.
+			AVERAGE		The average time for one try.
+			NAME		Name of the syntax item.  Note that
+					this is not unique.
+			PATTERN		The pattern being used.
+
+Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives.  Try to
+include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
+pattern does NOT match.
+
+When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
+all positions in the current and previous line.  For example, if the item is
+literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
+
+"<\@<=span"   	Matches "span" in "<span".  This tries matching with "<" in
+		many places.
+"<\@1<=span"  	Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
+
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -496,8 +496,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nocopyindent'	options.txt	/*'nocopyindent'*
 'nocp'	options.txt	/*'nocp'*
 'nocrb'	options.txt	/*'nocrb'*
+'nocscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'nocscoperelative'*
 'nocscopetag'	options.txt	/*'nocscopetag'*
 'nocscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'nocscopeverbose'*
+'nocsre'	options.txt	/*'nocsre'*
 'nocst'	options.txt	/*'nocst'*
 'nocsverb'	options.txt	/*'nocsverb'*
 'nocuc'	options.txt	/*'nocuc'*
@@ -657,6 +659,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nottybuiltin'	options.txt	/*'nottybuiltin'*
 'nottyfast'	options.txt	/*'nottyfast'*
 'notx'	options.txt	/*'notx'*
+'noudf'	options.txt	/*'noudf'*
+'noundofile'	options.txt	/*'noundofile'*
 'novb'	options.txt	/*'novb'*
 'novice'	vi_diff.txt	/*'novice'*
 'novisualbell'	options.txt	/*'novisualbell'*
@@ -736,9 +740,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
+'re'	options.txt	/*'re'*
 'readonly'	options.txt	/*'readonly'*
 'redraw'	vi_diff.txt	/*'redraw'*
 'redrawtime'	options.txt	/*'redrawtime'*
+'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
@@ -1389,6 +1395,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\	pattern.txt	/*\/\\*
 /\$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\$*
 /\%#	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#*
+/\%#=	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#=*
 /\%$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%$*
 /\%'m	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%'m*
 /\%(	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%(*
@@ -1834,6 +1841,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
+:TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
@@ -2589,7 +2597,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
+:py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
 :py3file	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3file*
+:pydo	if_pyth.txt	/*:pydo*
 :pyf	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyf*
 :pyfile	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyfile*
 :python	if_pyth.txt	/*:python*
@@ -2868,6 +2878,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :syntax-enable	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-enable*
 :syntax-on	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-on*
 :syntax-reset	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-reset*
+:syntime	syntax.txt	/*:syntime*
 :t	change.txt	/*:t*
 :tN	tagsrch.txt	/*:tN*
 :tNext	tagsrch.txt	/*:tNext*
@@ -4255,9 +4266,25 @@ E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
-E861	eval.txt	/*E861*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	if_pyth.txt	/*E863*
+E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
+E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
+E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
+E867	pattern.txt	/*E867*
+E868	pattern.txt	/*E868*
+E869	pattern.txt	/*E869*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
+E870	pattern.txt	/*E870*
+E871	pattern.txt	/*E871*
+E872	pattern.txt	/*E872*
+E873	pattern.txt	/*E873*
+E874	pattern.txt	/*E874*
+E875	pattern.txt	/*E875*
+E876	pattern.txt	/*E876*
+E877	pattern.txt	/*E877*
+E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
+E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
@@ -4776,6 +4803,7 @@ aw	motion.txt	/*aw*
 a{	motion.txt	/*a{*
 a}	motion.txt	/*a}*
 b	motion.txt	/*b*
+b:	eval.txt	/*b:*
 b:changedtick	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick*
 b:changelog_name	filetype.txt	/*b:changelog_name*
 b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
@@ -5690,6 +5718,7 @@ ft-gitcommit-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitcommit-plugin*
 ft-groff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-groff-syntax*
 ft-gsp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-gsp-syntax*
 ft-haskell-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-haskell-syntax*
+ft-html-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-html-indent*
 ft-html-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-html-omni*
 ft-html-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-html-syntax*
 ft-htmlos-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-htmlos-syntax*
@@ -5804,6 +5833,7 @@ g,	motion.txt	/*g,*
 g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
+g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
@@ -5879,6 +5909,7 @@ g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
+g:netrw_bannerbackslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bannerbackslash*
 g:netrw_browse_split	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browse_split*
 g:netrw_browsex_viewer	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
 g:netrw_bufsettings	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bufsettings*
@@ -5968,6 +5999,7 @@ g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
 g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
+g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6313,6 +6345,8 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
+html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
 htmlos.vim	syntax.txt	/*htmlos.vim*
 http	pi_netrw.txt	/*http*
@@ -6571,6 +6605,7 @@ keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	eval.txt	/*keys()*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
+l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
 lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
@@ -6639,6 +6674,7 @@ lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
 lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
 lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
+lua-funcref	if_lua.txt	/*lua-funcref*
 lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
 lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
@@ -6678,6 +6714,7 @@ map-listing	map.txt	/*map-listing*
 map-modes	map.txt	/*map-modes*
 map-multibyte	map.txt	/*map-multibyte*
 map-overview	map.txt	/*map-overview*
+map-precedence	map.txt	/*map-precedence*
 map-self-destroy	tips.txt	/*map-self-destroy*
 map-typing	map.txt	/*map-typing*
 map-which-keys	map.txt	/*map-which-keys*
@@ -6862,7 +6899,8 @@ netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
-netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
+netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
+netrw-Th	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Th*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
 netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
@@ -6931,6 +6969,7 @@ netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
 netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
+netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
@@ -6985,6 +7024,7 @@ netrw-prvwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-prvwin*
 netrw-pscp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-pscp*
 netrw-psftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-psftp*
 netrw-putty	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-putty*
+netrw-qF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qF*
 netrw-qb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qb*
 netrw-qf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qf*
 netrw-quickcom	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickcom*
@@ -7128,6 +7168,7 @@ notation	intro.txt	/*notation*
 notepad	gui_w32.txt	/*notepad*
 nr2char()	eval.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
+number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
@@ -7314,9 +7355,17 @@ put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
 py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
 pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-.locked	if_pyth.txt	/*python-.locked*
+python-Dictionary	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Dictionary*
+python-Function	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Function*
+python-List	if_pyth.txt	/*python-List*
+python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH	if_pyth.txt	/*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+python-_get_paths	if_pyth.txt	/*python-_get_paths*
 python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
+python-bindeval-objects	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval-objects*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
+python-chdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-chdir*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
 python-commands	if_pyth.txt	/*python-commands*
 python-current	if_pyth.txt	/*python-current*
@@ -7324,15 +7373,29 @@ python-dynamic	if_pyth.txt	/*python-dynamic*
 python-error	if_pyth.txt	/*python-error*
 python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
+python-fchdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-fchdir*
+python-find_module	if_pyth.txt	/*python-find_module*
+python-foreach_rtp	if_pyth.txt	/*python-foreach_rtp*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
+python-options	if_pyth.txt	/*python-options*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
+python-path_hook	if_pyth.txt	/*python-path_hook*
 python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
+python-special-path	if_pyth.txt	/*python-special-path*
+python-strwidth	if_pyth.txt	/*python-strwidth*
+python-tabpage	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpage*
+python-tabpages	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpages*
+python-vars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vars*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
+python-vvars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vvars*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
 python-windows	if_pyth.txt	/*python-windows*
 python.vim	syntax.txt	/*python.vim*
+python2-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python2-directory*
 python3	if_pyth.txt	/*python3*
+python3-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python3-directory*
+pythonx-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx-directory*
 q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
@@ -7503,6 +7566,8 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screenattr()	eval.txt	/*screenattr()*
+screenchar()	eval.txt	/*screenchar()*
 screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
 screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
@@ -7841,6 +7906,7 @@ system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
+t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
 t:var	eval.txt	/*t:var*
 t_#2	term.txt	/*t_#2*
 t_#4	term.txt	/*t_#4*
@@ -8156,6 +8222,7 @@ try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
+two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -8236,6 +8303,7 @@ utf-8-in-xwindows	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
+v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -8529,6 +8597,7 @@ vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
 w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
+w:	eval.txt	/*w:*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_k8	<F8>		function key 8		*<F8>*	*t_k8* *'t_k8'*
 	t_k9	<F9>		function key 9		*<F9>*	*t_k9* *'t_k9'*
 	t_k;	<F10>		function key 10		*<F10>*	*t_k;* *'t_k;'*
-	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>* *t_F1* *'t_F1'*
+	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>*	*t_F1* *'t_F1'*
 	t_F2	<F12>		function key 12		*<F12>*	*t_F2* *'t_F2'*
 	t_F3	<F13>		function key 13		*<F13>*	*t_F3* *'t_F3'*
 	t_F4	<F14>		function key 14		*<F14>*	*t_F4* *'t_F4'*
@@ -358,9 +358,9 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
-	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>* *t_kB* *'t_kB'*
+	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
 	t_kh	<Home>		home key			*t_kh* *'t_kh'*
-	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>* *t_#2* *'t_#2'*
+	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>*	*t_#2* *'t_#2'*
 		<xHome>		alternate home key		*<xHome>*
 	t_@7	<End>		end key				*t_@7* *'t_@7'*
 	t_*7	<S-End>		shifted end key	*<S-End>* *t_star7* *'t_star7'*
@@ -373,8 +373,8 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_K5	<kPageDown>	keypad page-down key		*t_K5* *'t_K5'*
 	t_K6	<kPlus>		keypad plus key	      *<kPlus>*	*t_K6* *'t_K6'*
 	t_K7	<kMinus>	keypad minus key     *<kMinus>*	*t_K7* *'t_K7'*
-	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>* *t_K8* *'t_K8'*
-	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>* *t_K9* *'t_K9'*
+	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>*	*t_K8* *'t_K8'*
+	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>*	*t_K9* *'t_K9'*
 	t_KA	<kEnter>	keypad enter key     *<kEnter>*	*t_KA* *'t_KA'*
 	t_KB	<kPoint>	keypad decimal point *<kPoint>*	*t_KB* *'t_KB'*
 	t_KC	<k0>		keypad 0		 *<k0>*	*t_KC* *'t_KC'*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,19 +34,95 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+--- Python interface
+
+Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+
+Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
+compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
+
+Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
+Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
+vim.bindeval().
+
+Python SystemExit exception is not handled properly.  Patch to catch the
+exception and give an error. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
+Does not work, tests fail.
+
+--- bug fixes
+
+Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+
+Matches might be highlighted correctly. Inefficient patch by Christian
+Brabandt, 2013 Feb 26.
+
+Patch to use bold/italic fonts when 'guifontewide' is set. (Ken Takata, 2013
+Mar 31)
+
+Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
+Patch Sep 18.
+
+Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
+2012 Jul 20)
+
+Patch to fix finding toolbar bitmaps.  Issue 129.
+
+Suggestion to remove __QNXNTO__ in gui.c. (Sean Boudreau, 2013 Jun 7)
+
+Combining characters are not used when executing a register with :@w.
+(William Fugh, 2013 Apr 5, more info from Ben Fritz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 6.  Second one.
+
+MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
+Update Aug 31.
+Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+
+Bug in completion menu. (Olivier Teuliere, 2013 Feb 15)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, Feb 16.
+
+Issue 134: pasting in visual selection in empty buffer.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 22.
+
+Patch to fix "gn" on single character matches. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun
+2)
+
+Patch for cscope connection (Narendran, 2013 Jun 10)
+
+'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
+2012 Apr 2.
+
+When someone does a silly thing such as setting rows and columns to 65535,
+handle the out-of-memory and set them to sane values? (jimmywang, 2013 May 17)
+
+InsertEnter doesn't prevent the cursor from moving when it goes to another
+line.
+
+":diffoff" does not restore options from before starting diff mode.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 26.
+
+Can't use multi-byte fill character in custom status line.
+Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jun 2.  Update Jun 3 (second one).
+
+Patch to fix glob() and globpath() with escaped special characters.
+(Adnan Zafar, 2013 Jun 2, tests Jun 3)
+
+---- Fixes to be included before 7.4 above, less important stuff below ----
+
+Patch to make has() check for Vim version and patch at the same time.
+(Marc Weber, 2013 Jun 7)
+
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
-Valgrind errors in test 16.
-
-Memory leaks in Lua, uncovered by test 85.
-
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
 Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
 
+Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
+Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
@@ -56,27 +132,20 @@ The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
 - The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
 - Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
 
-Patch to fix sorting order when 'fileignorecase' is set. (Hirohito Higashi,
-2013 Mar 20)  Update Mar 24.
-
 Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
 That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
 Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
 17)
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
-
-Patch to make building with Ruby 2.0 on 64 bit system work. (eagletmt (Kohei
-Suzuki), 2013 Mar 25)
+Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
 Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
 complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
 Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
-Patch to avoid that visul motion breaks repeat with ".". (Sung Pae, 2013 Mar
-25)
-
-Patch to fix problem introduced by 7.3.859, reusing "p". (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Mar 20)
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
 
 Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
 correctly. Issue 91.
@@ -86,16 +155,26 @@ Patch to fix that 'cedit' is recognized after :normal. (Christian Brabandt,
 
 Patch to view coverage of the tests. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 15)
 
-Patch to make vim.bindeval() in Python work. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2013 Mar 25)
+Patch to invert characters differently in GTK. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2013 May
+5)
 
-Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+Bug with 'cursorline' in diff mode.  Line being scrolled into view gets
+highlighted as the cursor line.  (Alessandro Ivaldi, 2013 Jun 4)
+
+Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
+May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
+May 19: with local variables.
+May 28: with options
 
 Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
 28)  With tests: Oct 9.
 
-Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
 
-Patch to add more testing for Visual operators. (glts, 2013 Mar 28)
+Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
 Patch for IME handling, adds 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' option.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Aug 16)
@@ -103,36 +182,24 @@ Patch to improve IME handling. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jul 18)
 
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
-Matches might be highlighted correctly. Inefficient patch by Christian
-Brabandt, 2013 Feb 26.
+-   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
+    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
-New syntax files for apt. (quidame, 2012 Sep 21)
-
-Patch to use bold/italic fonts when 'guifontewide' is set. (Ken Takata, 2013
-Mar 31)
+Bug: findfile("any", "http://;") returns http://any. (Andrew Pimlott, 2013 May
+7)  Not sure if that can be fixed, but when using "file://" it should be
+possible to check if the file exists.
 
 v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
 register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
 
 'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
 
-Patch for if_lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2012 Aug 26, update Aug 29, another Aug 30,
-then Sep 1, reminder Oct 14)
-
-Patch to check if 'foldexpr' sets did_emsg. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 20)
-
 Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
 Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 
-Patch for repeating change that uses ":normal". (glts, 2013 March 23)
-
 Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
-Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
-mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
-Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 16.
-
 In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
 process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.
@@ -140,14 +207,8 @@ a reboot.
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
-It's probably a good idea to make a negative value for 'sts' use the value of
-'sw'.  Patch by So8res, Oct 3 2012
-
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
-Bug in completion menu. (Olivier Teuliere, 2013 Feb 15)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, Feb 16.
-
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
@@ -162,7 +223,11 @@ Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
 Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
 
 Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
-option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3)
+option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
+
+Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
+insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
+Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
 
 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
@@ -178,6 +243,9 @@ Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
+
 Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
@@ -185,9 +253,8 @@ Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
 2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
 
-MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
-Update Aug 31.
-Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+Patch to add ":ldo" and ":cdo", execute commands over quickfix list and
+location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2)
 
 MS-Windows resizing problems:
 - Windows window on screen positioning: Patch by Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jun
@@ -198,7 +265,7 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
 
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
-Patch to append regesp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
+Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
 of many matches. (Cody Cutler, 2013 Mar 28)
 
 Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
@@ -228,9 +295,6 @@ URXVT:
 
 MS-Windows: test 17 fails.  Analysis by Michael Soyka, 2012 Nov 5.
 
-Combining characters are not used when executing a register with :@w.
-(William Fugh, 2013 Apr 5, more info from Ben Fritz)
-
 Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
 New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
@@ -238,23 +302,12 @@ When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
 for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
 Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
-2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
-With fix for memory leak: Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 24
-Another update Sep 24.
-
 Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
-Patch to print the result of a :python command. (Maxim Philippov
-<philippovmi@gmail.com>, 2012 Aug 16)  Update Aug 17.
-
-Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
-Patch Sep 18.
-
-Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
-2012 Jul 20)
+Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
+Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
@@ -264,6 +317,7 @@ And one for gui_x11.txt.
     Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
     More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
     Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
+    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
 
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
@@ -288,16 +342,11 @@ Nov 20)
 Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
 Update Jun 2.
 
-Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
-
 `] moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
 
 Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
 
-Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
-(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
-
 BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
 Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
 
@@ -327,15 +376,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
-2012 Apr 2.
-
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
-Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
-conversions? (Mike Williams)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -400,12 +443,17 @@ Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
 
 Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
+BT regexp engine: After trying a \@> match and failing, submatches are not
+cleared.  See test64.
+
 Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
 
 Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
+Patch for variable tabstops.
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -415,12 +463,6 @@ string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan".  Fix documentation or fix code?
 
 Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
 
-When a buffer-local mapping is used, but a global mapping starts with the same
-characters, Vim currently waits for the next typed character to find out if
-the global mapping matches.  It is probably better to let the local mapping
-win and not wait. (discussion with Andy Wokula, 2013 Jan 30)
-Patch by Michael Henry, 2013 Jan 30, update Feb 15.
-
 When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
 (e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
 
@@ -520,9 +562,6 @@ New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 "L'Italie" noted as a spell error at start of the sentence. (Dominique Pelle,
 2011 Feb 27)
 
-Functions to read the actual contents of the screen, so that things like
-conceal can be tested. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 18)
-
 Copy/paste between Vim and Google chrome doesn't work well for multi-byte
 characters. (Ben Haskell, 2010 Sep 17)
 When putting text in the cut buffer (when exiting) and conversion doesn't work
@@ -547,8 +586,31 @@ the command line. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Jan 25)
 Since patch 7.2.46 Yankring plugin has become very slow, eventually make Vim
 crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 
-Python: Adding line to buffer other than the current one doesn't work
-correctly. (Rozbujnik, 2010 Dec 19)
+Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+
+Regexp engine performance:
+- Profiling:
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/ruby.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/loop.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/alsa.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/todo.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/xml.vim
+    Dominique Pelle:  xmlSyncDT is particularly slow (Jun 7)
+- More test files from the src/pkg/regexp/testdata directory in the Go repo.
+- Performance tests:
+  - Using asciidoc syntax. (Marek Schimara, 2013 Jun 6)
+  - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
+  - ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
+  - glts has five tests. (May 25)
+  - ~/vim/test/slowsearch
+  - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
+  - search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
+    'hlsearch'.
+  - Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to
+    reproduce it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch
+    7.2.274.  (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) Generally, folding with
+    'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to find out why.
 
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
@@ -714,12 +776,6 @@ Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
      /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
 
-Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
-it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
-Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
-find out why.
-
 Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
 
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
@@ -909,9 +965,6 @@ shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
 
-Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so
-that :version output shows which patches have been applied.
-
 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a
 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break.
 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16)
@@ -938,6 +991,7 @@ ATTENTION message?  (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1)
 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/  One has relative file name ".mozilla/...".
 
 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
+Maybe call it v:motiontype.
 
 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25)
 
@@ -1058,6 +1112,14 @@ Oct 19)  Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately?
 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23)
 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 
+8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
+    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
+    several).
+    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
+    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
+    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
+
 Test54 should not use shell commands.  Make it portable.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
@@ -1125,18 +1187,6 @@ Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
-Including NFA regexp code:
-Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new.
-Useful in tests.
-Performance tests:
-- ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson)
-- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
-- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
-- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
-- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
-- search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
-  'hlsearch'.
-
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html
 
@@ -1369,9 +1419,6 @@ if_ruby.c.
 
 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'.
 
-Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16)
-Needs more work.
-
 The need_fileinfo flag is messy.  Instead make the message right away and put
 it in keep_msg?
 
@@ -1413,9 +1460,6 @@ When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent.  (Xavier de Gaye,
 2008 Nov 10)  call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in
 all places where buf_freeall() is called?
 
-":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye)
-Check directory and call shorten_fnames()?
-
 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page.
 
 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
@@ -1451,9 +1495,6 @@ somehow?  Or use a new function.
 
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)
 
-Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument
-that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1)
-
 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
 moved to the next line.  Default '>', set to a space to blank it out.  Check
 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars').
@@ -1695,10 +1736,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 2010 Jun 30)
 
 
-At next release 7.4:
+At next release:
 -   Build a huge version by default.
--   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
-    creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
 -   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
     E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
@@ -1740,7 +1779,6 @@ More patches:
     more friendly for the Vim distribution.
     New version received 2008 Jan 6.
     No maintenance in two years...
--   Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18)
 -   Patch to open dropped files in new tabs. (Michael Trim, 2010 Aug 3)
 
 Awaiting updated patches:
@@ -2319,7 +2357,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call
     edit(), because the completion information is global.  Put everything in
     an allocated structure?
-6   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
     ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
@@ -3568,12 +3605,6 @@ Tags:
     make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better
     would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008
     April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4)
-8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
-    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
-    several).
-    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
-    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
-    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
 7   Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the
     number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members.
     (Flemming Madsen)
@@ -3616,9 +3647,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
-    compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2
-    dynamically?
 7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
     (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
@@ -4168,7 +4196,7 @@ Select mode:
 8   In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block,
     backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall)
 7   Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word.
-    See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743
+    See http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Use_Alt-Mouse_to_select_blockwise.
 7   Add Cmdline-select mode.  Like Select mode, but used on the command line.
     - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse'
       contains 'C' or 'A'.
@@ -4236,7 +4264,7 @@ More advanced repeating commands:
 -   Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt").
 7   Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher)  Somehow remember
     the command line so that it can be repeated?
--   Add "gn": repeat last movement command.  Including count.
+-   Add command to repeat last movement.  Including count.
 -   Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator.  E.g.
     "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb).
     "y." will repeat last yank.
@@ -4833,8 +4861,6 @@ Debug mode:
 
 
 Various improvements:
-9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
-    from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4859,7 +4885,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Allow a window not to have a statusline.  Makes it possible to use a
     window as a buffer-tab selection.
 8   Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner)
-6   Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5)
 7   Support using ":vert" with User commands.  Add expandable items <vert>.
     Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"?
     For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command.
@@ -5090,8 +5115,6 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one
     character.	For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains
     several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline.
--   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
-    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
 -   Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments.
 -   Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt)
 -   When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
 B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+N  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
 N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par Dominique Pell<6C>
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 F<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 f<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, <20>diteur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Ex
 {commande} est interpr<70>t<EFBFBD>e comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit <20>tre entour<75>e
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela d<>pend du shell utilis<69>).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'<27> 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {p<>riph}
 Ouvre {p<>riph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a <20>t<EFBFBD> compil<69> avec le support de la fonctionnalit<69> RIGHTLEFT pour l'<27>dition de
-fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode H<>breu, c.-<2D>-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activ<69>es.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est <20>mis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'ex
 \-\-
 D<EFBFBD>limite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront consid<69>r<EFBFBD>s comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichier d<>butant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichiers d<>butant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> mise <20> jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par Dominique Pellé
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 Février 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 février 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Exécute {commande} après la lecture du premier fichier.
 {commande} est interprétée comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit être entourée
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela dépend du shell utilisé).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {périph}
 Ouvre {périph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a été compilé avec le support de la fonctionnalité RIGHTLEFT pour l'édition de
-fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode Hébreu, c.-à-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activées.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est émis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'exécutable commençait par la lettre 'r'.
 \-\-
 Délimite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront considérés comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'éditer des fichier débutant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'éditer des fichiers débutant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Richard Hitier.
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a été mise à jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour par Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com> 2013-05-10

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autoris
 combl<EFBFBD>s par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le probl<62>me sont pass<73>s
+ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les probl<62>mes sont pass<73>s
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'<27>dition de la repr<70>sentation hexad<61>cimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple pr
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Cr<EFBFBD>er un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caract<63>re 'A'.
-Les nombres apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
+Le nombre apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprim<69>s.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autorisés, et ils seront
 comblés par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le problème sont passés
+ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les problèmes sont passés
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'édition de la représentation hexadécimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple précédent avec la fonctionnalité "autoskip"
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Créer un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caractère 'A'.
-Les nombres après '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
+Le nombre après '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprimés.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Apr 05
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 12
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -757,6 +757,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
@@ -869,6 +870,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/hosts.allow,*/etc/hosts.deny  setf hostsaccess
 " Hyper Builder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hb			setf hb
 
+" Httest
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htt,*.htb		setf httest
+
 " Icon
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.icn			setf icon
 
@@ -1101,7 +1105,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 
 " Markdown
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,README.md  setf markdown
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
@@ -1547,6 +1551,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdb			setf prolog
 " Promela
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pml			setf promela
 
+" Google protocol buffers
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.proto			setf proto
+
 " Protocols
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 
@@ -1638,9 +1645,6 @@ func! s:FTr()
   endif
 endfunc
 
-" ReDIF
-au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			setf redif
-
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders,*.remind,*.rem		setf remind
 
@@ -2566,6 +2570,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap*
 	\|  let b:ptcap_type = "term" | call s:StarSetf('ptcap')
 	\|endif
 
+" ReDIF
+" Only used when the .rdf file was not detected to be XML.
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call s:Redif()
+func! s:Redif()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 5 && lnum < line('$')
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "^\ctemplate-type:"
+      setf redif
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+endfunc
+
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 

runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Aug 09
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal omnifunc=CucumberComplete
@@ -18,11 +21,27 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< ofu<"
 let b:cucumber_root = expand('%:p:h:s?.*[\/]\%(features\|stories\)\zs[\/].*??')
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_cucumber_maps")
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! iunmap! <C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>]| sil! iunmap! <C-W><C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>}"
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>d      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-D>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .=
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>]" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]d"
 endif
 
 function! s:jump(command,count)
@@ -38,7 +57,7 @@ function! s:jump(command,count)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:allsteps()
-  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
+  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*(\=\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*)\=\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
   let steps = []
   for file in split(glob(b:cucumber_root.'/**/*.rb'),"\n")
     let lines = readfile(file)
@@ -55,7 +74,7 @@ function! s:allsteps()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:steps(lnum)
-  let c = indent(a:lnum) + 1
+  let c = match(getline(a:lnum), '\S') + 1
   while synIDattr(synID(a:lnum,c,1),'name') !~# '^$\|Region$'
     let c = c + 1
   endwhile
@@ -129,4 +148,7 @@ function! CucumberComplete(findstart,base) abort
   return sort(steps)
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " vim:set sts=2 sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2012 Mar 11
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
@@ -23,12 +21,11 @@ if !exists("g:eruby_default_subtype")
   let g:eruby_default_subtype = "html"
 endif
 
-if !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
+if &filetype =~ '^eruby\.'
+  let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(&filetype,'^eruby\.\zs\w\+')
+elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   let s:lines = getline(1)."\n".getline(2)."\n".getline(3)."\n".getline(4)."\n".getline(5)."\n".getline("$")
   let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(s:lines,'eruby_subtype=\zs\w\+')
-  if b:eruby_subtype == ''
-    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(&filetype,'^eruby\.\zs\w\+')
-  endif
   if b:eruby_subtype == ''
     let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+$')
   endif

runtime/ftplugin/falcon.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Falcon
 " Author:       Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
-" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Steven Oliver
+" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009-2013 Steven Oliver
 " License:      You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
 " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 2762 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -15,7 +14,7 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 expandtab fileencoding=utf-8
+setlocal softtabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 fileencoding=utf-8
 setlocal suffixesadd=.fal,.ftd
 
 " Matchit support
@@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 	\ ',{:},\[:\],(:)'
 endif
 
-" Set comments to include dashed lines
 setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
 
 " Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog

runtime/ftplugin/git.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))

runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 April 7
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ endif
 runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal nomodeline
+setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions-=croq formatoptions+=tl
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions<'
 
 if &textwidth == 0
   " make sure that log messages play nice with git-log on standard terminals

runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+" Language:    gprof
+" Maintainer:  Dominique Pelle <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2013 Jun 09
+
+" When cursor is on one line of the gprof call graph,
+" calling this function jumps to this function in the call graph.
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin=1
+
+fun! <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()
+  let l:line = getline('.')
+  if l:line =~ '[\d\+\]$'
+    " We're in a line in the call graph.
+    norm! $y%
+    call search('^' . escape(@", '[]'), 'sw')
+    norm! zz
+  elseif l:line =~ '^\(\s\+[0-9\.]\+\)\{3}\s\+'
+    " We're in line in the flat profile.
+    norm! 55|eby$
+    call search('^\[\d\+\].*\d\s\+' .  escape(@", '[]*.') . '\>', 'sW')
+    norm! zz
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Pressing <C-]> on a line in the gprof flat profile or in
+" the call graph, jumps to the corresponding function inside
+" the flat profile.
+map <buffer> <silent> <C-]> :call <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()<CR>
+
+" vim:sw=2 fdm=indent

runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
-" Language:		Haml
-" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2012 Mar 11
+" Language:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ let s:match_words = ""
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
 unlet! b:did_ftplugin
+set matchpairs-=<:>
 
 " Override our defaults if these were set by an included ftplugin.
 if exists("b:undo_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/make.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Make
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Jun 17
+" Last Change:	2013 Apr 22
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -26,3 +26,8 @@ setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 " Including files.
 let &l:include = '^\s*include'
+
+" For matchit.vim, suggested by Albert Netymk.
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_words = '\<if\(n\)\=\(eq\|def\)\>:\<else\>:\<endif\>,\<define\>:\<endef\>'
+endif

runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2011 Dec 14
+" Last Change:		2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
-unlet! b:did_ftplugin
 
 setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
 
 if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')

runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
+" Language:      Perl
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -12,7 +13,8 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
 setlocal keywordprg=perldoc\ -f
 
 setlocal comments=:#
@@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
 "---------------------------------------------
 setlocal include=\\<\\(use\\\|require\\)\\>
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.pm','')
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'->\*','',''),'$','.pm','')
 setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 
 " The following line changes a global variable but is necessary to make
@@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " problem for you, add an after/ftplugin/perl.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
-"setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:
+set iskeyword+=:
 
 " Set this once, globally.
 if !exists("perlpath")
@@ -60,13 +62,27 @@ if !exists("perlpath")
     endif
 endif
 
-let &l:path=perlpath
+" Append perlpath to the existing path value, if it is set.  Since we don't
+" use += to do it because of the commas in perlpath, we have to handle the
+" global / local settings, too.
+if &l:path == ""
+    if &g:path == ""
+        let &l:path=perlpath
+    else
+        let &l:path=&g:path.",".perlpath
+    endif
+else
+    let &l:path=&l:path.",".perlpath
+endif
 "---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp< path<" .
 	    \	      " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
+" proper matching for matchit plugin
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|perlQQ\|perlShellCommand\|perlHereDoc\|perlSubstitution\|perlTranslation\|perlMatch\|perlFormatField'
+
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/perl6.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl 6
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
-" Contributors: Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
+" Language:      Perl 6
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
+" Contributors:  Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
 " Based on ftplugin/perl.vim by Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
 
@@ -15,16 +16,19 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
+setlocal keywordprg=p6doc
+
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#%s
 
 " Change the browse dialog on Win32 to show mainly Perl-related files
 if has("gui_win32")
     let b:browsefilter = "Perl Source Files (*.pl)\t*.pl\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
-		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+               \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
+               \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
+               \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
@@ -39,10 +43,34 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " after/ftplugin/perl6.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:,-
+
+" Set this once, globally.
+if !exists("perlpath")
+    if executable("perl6")
+        try
+            if &shellxquote != '"'
+                let perlpath = system('perl6 -e  "@*INC.join(q/,/).say"')
+            else
+                let perlpath = system("perl6 -e  '@*INC.join(q/,/).say'")
+            endif
+            let perlpath = substitute(perlpath,',.$',',,','')
+        catch /E145:/
+            let perlpath = ".,,"
+        endtry
+    else
+        " If we can't call perl to get its path, just default to using the
+        " current directory and the directory of the current file.
+        let perlpath = ".,,"
+    endif
+endif
+
+let &l:path=perlpath
+"---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isk<" .
-	    \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+        \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Ruby
-" Maintainer:		Gavin Sinclair <gsinclair at gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2010 Mar 15
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
-" Original matchit support thanks to Ned Konz.  See his ftplugin/ruby.vim at
-"   http://bike-nomad.com/vim/ruby.vim.
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
 endif
@@ -21,7 +14,7 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 if has("gui_running") && !has("gui_win32")
-  setlocal keywordprg=ri\ -T
+  setlocal keywordprg=ri\ -T\ -f\ bs
 else
   setlocal keywordprg=ri
 endif
@@ -49,7 +42,7 @@ endif
 
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
-setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\\|\w*require\\)\\>
+setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\>\\\|require\\>\\\|autoload\\s*:\\=[\"']\\=\\h\\w*[\"']\\=,\\)
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.rb','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.rb
 
@@ -69,41 +62,90 @@ endif
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
-if !exists("s:ruby_path")
-  if exists("g:ruby_path")
-    let s:ruby_path = g:ruby_path
-  elseif has("ruby") && has("win32")
-    ruby VIM::command( 'let s:ruby_path = "%s"' % ($: + begin; require %q{rubygems}; Gem.all_load_paths.sort.uniq; rescue LoadError; []; end).join(%q{,}) )
-    let s:ruby_path = '.,' . substitute(s:ruby_path, '\%(^\|,\)\.\%(,\|$\)', ',,', '')
-  elseif executable("ruby")
-    let s:code = "print ($: + begin; require %q{rubygems}; Gem.all_load_paths.sort.uniq; rescue LoadError; []; end).join(%q{,})"
-    if &shellxquote == "'"
-      let s:ruby_path = system('ruby -e "' . s:code . '"')
-    else
-      let s:ruby_path = system("ruby -e '" . s:code . "'")
-    endif
-    let s:ruby_path = '.,' . substitute(s:ruby_path, '\%(^\|,\)\.\%(,\|$\)', ',,', '')
+if !exists('g:ruby_version_paths')
+  let g:ruby_version_paths = {}
+endif
+
+function! s:query_path(root)
+  let code = "print $:.join %q{,}"
+  if &shell =~# 'sh' && $PATH !~# '\s'
+    let prefix = 'env PATH='.$PATH.' '
   else
-    " If we can't call ruby to get its path, just default to using the
-    " current directory and the directory of the current file.
-    let s:ruby_path = ".,,"
+    let prefix = ''
+  endif
+  if &shellxquote == "'"
+    let path_check = prefix.'ruby -e "' . code . '"'
+  else
+    let path_check = prefix."ruby -e '" . code . "'"
+  endif
+
+  let cd = haslocaldir() ? 'lcd' : 'cd'
+  let cwd = getcwd()
+  try
+    exe cd fnameescape(a:root)
+    let path = split(system(path_check),',')
+    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+    return path
+  finally
+    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+  endtry
+endfunction
+
+function! s:build_path(path)
+  let path = join(map(copy(a:path), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val'), ',')
+  if &g:path !~# '\v^\.%(,/%(usr|emx)/include)=,,$'
+    let path = substitute(&g:path,',,$',',','') . ',' . path
+  endif
+  return path
+endfunction
+
+if !exists('b:ruby_version') && !exists('g:ruby_path') && isdirectory(expand('%:p:h'))
+  let s:version_file = findfile('.ruby-version', '.;')
+  if !empty(s:version_file)
+    let b:ruby_version = get(readfile(s:version_file, '', 1), '')
+    if !has_key(g:ruby_version_paths, b:ruby_version)
+      let g:ruby_version_paths[b:ruby_version] = s:query_path(fnamemodify(s:version_file, ':p:h'))
+    endif
   endif
 endif
 
-let &l:path = s:ruby_path
+if exists("g:ruby_path")
+  let s:ruby_path = type(g:ruby_path) == type([]) ? join(g:ruby_path, ',') : g:ruby_path
+elseif has_key(g:ruby_version_paths, get(b:, 'ruby_version', ''))
+  let s:ruby_paths = g:ruby_version_paths[b:ruby_version]
+  let s:ruby_path = s:build_path(s:ruby_paths)
+else
+  if !exists('g:ruby_default_path')
+    if has("ruby") && has("win32")
+      ruby ::VIM::command( 'let g:ruby_default_path = split("%s",",")' % $:.join(%q{,}) )
+    elseif executable('ruby')
+      let g:ruby_default_path = s:query_path($HOME)
+    else
+      let g:ruby_default_path = map(split($RUBYLIB,':'), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val')
+    endif
+  endif
+  let s:ruby_paths = g:ruby_default_path
+  let s:ruby_path = s:build_path(s:ruby_paths)
+endif
+
+if stridx(&l:path, s:ruby_path) == -1
+  let &l:path = s:ruby_path
+endif
+if exists('s:ruby_paths') && stridx(&l:tags, join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val."/tags"'),',')) == -1
+  let &l:tags = &tags . ',' . join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val."/tags"'),',')
+endif
 
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   let b:browsefilter = "Ruby Source Files (*.rb)\t*.rb\n" .
                      \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< kp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< tags< kp<"
       \."| unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
       \."| if exists('&ofu') && has('ruby') | setl ofu< | endif"
       \."| if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+bexpr') | setl bexpr< | endif"
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
-
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
@@ -126,6 +168,26 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [[' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]]' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> []' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]['"
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [M' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]M'"
 
+  if maparg('im','n') == ''
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> am :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[m',']M')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> am :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[m',']M')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> im' | sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> am'"
+          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> im' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> am'"
+  endif
+
+  if maparg('iM','n') == ''
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> aM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[[','][')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> aM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[[','][')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> aM'"
+          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> aM'"
+  endif
+
   if maparg("\<C-]>",'n') == ''
     nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe  v:count1."tag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
     nnoremap <silent> <buffer> g<C-]>      :<C-U>exe         "tjump <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
@@ -142,6 +204,17 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
           \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g<C-]>'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g]'"
           \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g}'"
   endif
+
+  if maparg("gf",'n') == ''
+    " By using findfile() rather than gf's normal behavior, we prevent
+    " erroneously editing a directory.
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> gf         :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"gf",'edit')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>f     :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>f",'split')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W><C-F> :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>\<Lt>C-F>",'split')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>gf    :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>gf",'tabedit')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> gf' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>f' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-F>' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>gf'"
+  endif
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -191,7 +264,7 @@ function! RubyBalloonexpr()
     if str !~ '^\w'
       return ''
     endif
-    silent! let res = substitute(system("ri -f simple -T \"".str.'"'),'\n$','','')
+    silent! let res = substitute(system("ri -f rdoc -T \"".str.'"'),'\n$','','')
     if res =~ '^Nothing known about' || res =~ '^Bad argument:' || res =~ '^More than one method'
       return ''
     endif
@@ -202,29 +275,57 @@ function! RubyBalloonexpr()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:searchsyn(pattern,syn,flags,mode)
-    norm! m'
-    if a:mode ==# 'v'
-      norm! gv
-    endif
-    let i = 0
-    let cnt = v:count ? v:count : 1
-    while i < cnt
-        let i = i + 1
-        let line = line('.')
-        let col  = col('.')
-        let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-        while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
-            let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-        endwhile
-        if pos == 0
-            call cursor(line,col)
-            return
-        endif
+  norm! m'
+  if a:mode ==# 'v'
+    norm! gv
+  endif
+  let i = 0
+  let cnt = v:count ? v:count : 1
+  while i < cnt
+    let i = i + 1
+    let line = line('.')
+    let col  = col('.')
+    let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
+    while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
+      let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
     endwhile
+    if pos == 0
+      call cursor(line,col)
+      return
+    endif
+  endwhile
 endfunction
 
 function! s:synname()
-    return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+  return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+endfunction
+
+function! s:wrap_i(back,forward)
+  execute 'norm k'.a:forward
+  let line = line('.')
+  execute 'norm '.a:back
+  if line('.') == line - 1
+    return s:wrap_a(a:back,a:forward)
+  endif
+  execute 'norm jV'.a:forward.'k'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:wrap_a(back,forward)
+  execute 'norm '.a:forward
+  if line('.') < line('$') && getline(line('.')+1) ==# ''
+    let after = 1
+  endif
+  execute 'norm '.a:back
+  while getline(line('.')-1) =~# '^\s*#' && line('.')
+    -
+  endwhile
+  if exists('after')
+    execute 'norm V'.a:forward.'j'
+  elseif line('.') > 1 && getline(line('.')-1) =~# '^\s*$'
+    execute 'norm kV'.a:forward
+  else
+    execute 'norm V'.a:forward
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 function! RubyCursorIdentifier()
@@ -241,6 +342,26 @@ function! RubyCursorIdentifier()
   return stripped == '' ? expand("<cword>") : stripped
 endfunction
 
+function! s:gf(count,map,edit) abort
+  if getline('.') =~# '^\s*require_relative\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require[( ]\|load[( ]\|autoload[( ]:\w\+,\)\s*\s*\%(::\)\=File\.expand_path(\(["'']\)\.\./.*\1,\s*__FILE__)\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\.\./\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require \|load \|autoload :\w\+,\)\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+  else
+    let target = expand('<cfile>')
+  endif
+  let found = findfile(target, &path, a:count)
+  if found ==# ''
+    return 'norm! '.a:count.a:map
+  else
+    return a:edit.' '.fnameescape(found)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
 "
 " Instructions for enabling "matchit" support:
 "

runtime/ftplugin/sql.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " SQL filetype plugin file
 " Language:    SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
-" Version:     10.0
+" Version:     11.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454
 
 " For more details please use:
@@ -36,6 +36,10 @@
 "
 " History
 "
+" Version 11.0 (May 2013)
+"
+" NF: Updated to use SyntaxComplete's new regex support for syntax groups.
+"
 " Version 10.0 (Dec 2012)
 "
 " NF: Changed all maps to use noremap instead of must map
@@ -189,7 +193,7 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
 
         " Remove any cached SQL since a new sytax will have different
         " items and groups
-        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || 100 == g:loaded_sql_completion
+        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || g:loaded_sql_completion >= 100
             call sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax()
         endif
 
@@ -458,6 +462,8 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     " OMNI function prior to setting up the SQL OMNI function
     let b:sql_compl_savefunc = &omnifunc
 
+    " Source it to determine it's version
+    runtime autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
     " This is used by the sqlcomplete.vim plugin
     " Source it for it's global functions
     runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
@@ -466,14 +472,20 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     " Prevent the intellisense plugin from loading
     let b:sql_vis = 1
     if !exists('g:omni_sql_no_default_maps')
+        let regex_extra = ''
+        if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion') && exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
+            if g:loaded_syntax_completion > 120 && g:loaded_sql_completion > 140
+                let regex_extra = '\\w*'
+            endif
+        endif
         " Static maps which use populate the completion list
         " using Vim's syntax highlighting rules
         exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " Dynamic maps which use populate the completion list
         " using the dbext.vim plugin
         exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
@@ -510,4 +522,3 @@ let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
 " vim:sw=4:
-

runtime/ftplugin/xs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     XS (Perl extension interface language)
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2009-08-14
+" Language:      XS (Perl extension interface language)
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2009-08-14
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")

runtime/indent/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetCucumberIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,<:>,0<Bar>,0#,=,!^F
 
+let b:undo_indent = 'setl ai< inde< indk<'
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetCucumberIndent")
   finish
@@ -24,35 +26,47 @@ endfunction
 function! GetCucumberIndent()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+  let nline = getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   let syn = s:syn(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let csyn = s:syn(v:lnum)
+  let nsyn = s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   if csyn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || cline =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " feature heading
     return 0
   elseif csyn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " examples heading
     return 2 * &sw
   elseif csyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " background, scenario or outline heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || line =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " line after feature heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " line after examples heading
     return 3 * &sw
   elseif syn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " line after background, scenario or outline heading
     return 2 * &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@' && (s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) == 'cucumberFeature' || getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[@#]' && (nsyn == 'cucumberFeature' || nline =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+    " tag or comment before a feature heading
     return 0
-  elseif line =~# '^\s*@'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@'
+    " other tags
     return &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[#|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " mid-table
+    " preserve indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|#]'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|]'
+    " first line of a table, relative indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) + &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|# \t]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " line after a table, relative unindent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*$' && line =~# '^\s*|'
-    let in = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-    return in == indent(v:lnum) ? in : in - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && getline(v:lnum+1) =~# '\S'
-    return indent(getline(v:lnum+1))
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && (nsyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || nline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):')
+    " comments on scenarios
+    return &sw
   endif
   return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
 endfunction

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2010 May 28
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -50,29 +48,32 @@ function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   call cursor(v:lnum,1)
   let inruby = searchpair('<%','','%>','W')
   call cursor(v:lnum,vcol)
-  if inruby && getline(v:lnum) !~ '^<%\|^\s*-\=%>'
-    let ind = GetRubyIndent()
+  if inruby && getline(v:lnum) !~ '^<%\|^\s*[-=]\=%>'
+    let ind = GetRubyIndent(v:lnum)
   else
     exe "let ind = ".b:eruby_subtype_indentexpr
   endif
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let line = getline(lnum)
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
-  if cline =~# '^\s*<%-\=\s*\%(}\|end\|else\|\%(ensure\|rescue\|elsif\|when\).\{-\}\)\s*\%(-\=%>\|$\)'
+  if cline =~# '^\s*<%[-=]\=\s*\%(}\|end\|else\|\%(ensure\|rescue\|elsif\|when\).\{-\}\)\s*\%([-=]\=%>\|$\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
-  if line =~# '\S\s*<%-\=\s*\%(}\|end\).\{-\}\s*\%(-\=%>\|$\)'
+  if line =~# '\S\s*<%[-=]\=\s*\%(}\|end\).\{-\}\s*\%([-=]\=%>\|$\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
-  if line =~# '\%({\|\<do\)\%(\s*|[^|]*|\)\=\s*-\=%>'
+  if line =~# '\%({\|\<do\)\%(\s*|[^|]*|\)\=\s*[-=]\=%>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
-  elseif line =~# '<%-\=\s*\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue\)\>.*%>'
+  elseif line =~# '<%[-=]\=\s*\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue\)\>.*%>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
   if line =~# '^\s*<%[=#-]\=\s*$' && cline !~# '^\s*end\>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
-  if cline =~# '^\s*-\=%>\s*$'
+  if line !~# '^\s*<%' && line =~# '%>\s*$'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
+  if cline =~# '^\s*[-=]\=%>\s*$'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
   return ind

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -2,13 +2,10 @@
 " Language: Falcon
 " Maintainer: Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
 " Website: https://steveno@github.com/steveno/falconpl-vim.git
-" Credits: Thanks to the ruby.vim authors, I borrow a lot!
-" Previous Maintainer: Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
-" -----------------------------------------------------------
+" Credits: This is, to a great extent, a copy n' paste of ruby.vim.
 
-"======================================
-"       SETUP
-"======================================
+" 1. Setup {{{1
+" ============
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -19,7 +16,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
 " Setup indent function and when to use it
-setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent()
+setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentkeys+==~case,=~catch,=~default,=~elif,=~else,=~end,=~\"
 
@@ -31,9 +28,8 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-"======================================
-"       VARIABLES
-"======================================
+" 2. Variables {{{1
+" ============
 
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings AND comments
 let s:syng_strcom = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\|Comment\)\>'
@@ -41,6 +37,31 @@ let s:syng_strcom = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\|Comment\)\>'
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings
 let s:syng_string = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\)\>'
 
+" Regex that defines blocks.
+"
+" Note that there's a slight problem with this regex and s:continuation_regex.
+" Code like this will be matched by both:
+"
+"   method_call do |(a, b)|
+"
+" The reason is that the pipe matches a hanging "|" operator.
+"
+let s:block_regex =
+      \ '\%(\<do:\@!\>\|%\@<!{\)\s*\%(|\s*(*\s*\%([*@&]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*(*\s*[*@&]\=\h\w*\s*)*\s*\)*|\)\=\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+let s:block_continuation_regex = '^\s*[^])}\t ].*'.s:block_regex
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines.
+" TODO: this needs to deal with if ...: and so on
+let s:continuation_regex =
+      \ '\%(%\@<![({[\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines bracket continuations
+let s:bracket_continuation_regex = '%\@<!\%([({[]\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
+let s:non_bracket_continuation_regex = '\%([\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
 " Keywords to indent on
 let s:falcon_indent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|class\|enum\|default\|elif\|else' .
     \ '\|for\|function\|if.*"[^"]*:.*"\|if \(\(:\)\@!.\)*$\|loop\|object\|select' .
@@ -49,109 +70,381 @@ let s:falcon_indent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|class\|enum\|default\|elif\|e
 " Keywords to deindent on
 let s:falcon_deindent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|default\|elif\|else\|end\)'
 
-"======================================
-"       FUNCTIONS
-"======================================
+" 3. Functions {{{1
+" ============
 
-" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string, comment, or is ascii.
 function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
     return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
 endfunction
 
-"======================================
-"       INDENT ROUTINE
-"======================================
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
+function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
+    return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_string
+endfunction
 
-function FalconGetIndent()
-    " Get the line to be indented
-    let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string delimiter
+function s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col)
+    return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'falconStringDelimiter'
+endfunction
 
-    " Don't reindent comments on first column
-    if cline =~ '^\/\/'
-        return 0
-    endif
+" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
+function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+    let in_block = 0
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+    while lnum > 0
+	" Go in and out of blocks comments as necessary.
+	" If the line isn't empty (with opt. comment) or in a string, end search.
+	let line = getline(lnum)
+	if line =~ '^=begin'
+	    if in_block
+		let in_block = 0
+	    else
+		break
+	    endif
+	elseif !in_block && line =~ '^=end'
+	    let in_block = 1
+	elseif !in_block && line !~ '^\s*#.*$' && !(s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, 1)
+		    \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, strlen(line)))
+	    break
+	endif
+	let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+    endwhile
+    return lnum
+endfunction
 
-    " Find the previous non-blank line
-    let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+" Find line above 'lnum' that started the continuation 'lnum' may be part of.
+function s:GetMSL(lnum)
+    " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
+    let msl = a:lnum
+    let msl_body = getline(msl)
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
+    while lnum > 0
+	" If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
+	" Otherwise, terminate search as we have found our MSL already.
+	let line = getline(lnum)
+	
+	if s:Match(line, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+          	\ s:Match(msl, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex)
+	    " If the current line is a non-bracket continuation and so is the
+	    " previous one, keep its indent and continue looking for an MSL.
+	    "    
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call one,
+	    "       two,
+	    "           three
+	    "           
+	    let msl = lnum
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+	    " If the current line is a bracket continuation or a block-starter, but
+	    " the previous is a non-bracket one, respect the previous' indentation,
+	    " and stop here.
+	    " 
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call one,
+	    "       two {
+	    "           three
+	    "
+	    return lnum
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+	    " If both lines are bracket continuations (the current may also be a
+	    " block-starter), use the current one's and stop here
+	    "
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call(
+	    "       other_method_call(
+	    "             foo
+	    return msl
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex) &&
+		    \ !s:Match(msl, s:continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ !s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex)
+	    " If the previous line is a block-starter and the current one is
+	    " mostly ordinary, use the current one as the MSL.
+	    " 
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call do
+	    "       something
+	    "           something_else
+	    return msl
+	else
+	    let col = match(line, s:continuation_regex) + 1
+	    if (col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col))
+			\ || s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line))
+		let msl = lnum
+	    else
+		break
+	    endif
+	endif
+	
+	let msl_body = getline(msl)
+	let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
+    endwhile
+    return msl
+endfunction
+
+" Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
+function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+    let opening = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+    let closing = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+
+    let line = getline(a:lnum)
+    let pos  = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+
+    " Save any encountered opening brackets, and remove them once a matching
+    " closing one has been found. If a closing bracket shows up that doesn't
+    " close anything, save it for later.
+    while pos != -1
+	if !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, pos + 1)
+	    if line[pos] == '('
+		call add(opening.parentheses, {'type': '(', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == ')'
+		if empty(opening.parentheses)
+		    call add(closing.parentheses, {'type': ')', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.parentheses = opening.parentheses[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    elseif line[pos] == '{'
+		call add(opening.braces, {'type': '{', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == '}'
+		if empty(opening.braces)
+		    call add(closing.braces, {'type': '}', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.braces = opening.braces[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    elseif line[pos] == '['
+		call add(opening.brackets, {'type': '[', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == ']'
+		if empty(opening.brackets)
+		    call add(closing.brackets, {'type': ']', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.brackets = opening.brackets[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    endif
+	endif
+	
+	let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+    endwhile
+
+    " Find the rightmost brackets, since they're the ones that are important in
+    " both opening and closing cases
+    let rightmost_opening = {'type': '(', 'pos': -1}
+    let rightmost_closing = {'type': ')', 'pos': -1}
+
+    for opening in opening.parentheses + opening.braces + opening.brackets
+	if opening.pos > rightmost_opening.pos
+	    let rightmost_opening = opening
+	endif
+    endfor
+
+    for closing in closing.parentheses + closing.braces + closing.brackets
+	if closing.pos > rightmost_closing.pos
+	    let rightmost_closing = closing
+	endif
+    endfor
+
+    return [rightmost_opening, rightmost_closing]
+endfunction
+
+function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+    let col = match(getline(a:lnum), '\C'.a:regex) + 1
+    return col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, col) ? col : 0
+endfunction
+
+function s:MatchLast(lnum, regex)
+    let line = getline(a:lnum)
+    let col = match(line, '.*\zs' . a:regex)
+    while col != -1 && s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, col)
+	let line = strpart(line, 0, col)
+	let col = match(line, '.*' . a:regex)
+    endwhile
+    return col + 1
+endfunction
+
+" 4. FalconGetIndent Routine {{{1
+" ============
+
+function FalconGetIndent(...)
+    " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
+    let clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
 
     " Use zero indent at the top of the file
-    if lnum == 0
+    if clnum == 0
         return 0
     endif
 
-    let prevline=getline(lnum)
+    let line = getline(clnum)
+    let ind = -1
+
+    " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+    " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
+    " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
+    let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]})]')
+    if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(clnum, col)
+	call cursor(clnum, col)
+	let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
+	if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+	    if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
+		let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+	    else
+		let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+	    endif
+	endif
+	return ind
+    endif
+
+    " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
+    " TODO: this is messy
+    if s:Match(clnum, s:falcon_deindent_keywords)
+	call cursor(clnum, 1)
+	if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+		    \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+	    let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
+	    let line = getline(line('.'))
+
+	    if strpart(line, 0, col('.') - 1) =~ '=\s*$' &&
+			\ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
+		let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+	    elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+		let ind = indent(line('.'))
+	    else
+		let ind = indent(msl)
+	    endif
+	endif
+	return ind
+    endif
+
+    " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
+    if s:IsInString(clnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
+	return indent('.')
+    endif
+
+    " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(clnum - 1)
+
+    " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
+    if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(clnum - 1)
+	return indent(prevnonblank(clnum))
+    endif
+
+    " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+    if lnum == 0
+	return 0
+    endif
+
+    " Set up variables for the previous line.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let chg = 0
 
-    " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything
-    if s:IsInStringOrComment(v:lnum, matchend(cline, '^\s*') + 1 )
-        return indent('.')
+    " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
+	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + &sw
     endif
 
-    " If the start of the line equals a double quote, then indent to the
-    " previous lines first double quote
-    if cline =~? '^\s*"'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
+    " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
+    " match and indent according to that.
+    if line =~ '[[({]' || line =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+	let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+
+	if opening.pos != -1
+	    if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+		if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+		    return ind + &sw
+		else
+		    return virtcol('.')
+		endif
+	    else
+		let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
+		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + &sw
+	    endif
+	elseif closing.pos != -1
+	    call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
+	    normal! %
+
+	    if s:Match(line('.'), s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+		return indent('.') + &sw
+	    else
+		return indent('.')
+	    endif
+	else
+	    call cursor(clnum, vcol)
+	end
     endif
 
-    " If previous line started with a double quote and this one
-    " doesn't, unindent
-    if prevline =~? '^\s*"' && cline =~? '^\s*'
-        let chg = chg - &sw
+    " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
+    " indent.
+    let col = s:Match(lnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
+    if col > 0
+	call cursor(lnum, col)
+	if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+		    \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+	    let n = line('.')
+	    let ind = indent('.')
+	    let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
+	    if msl != n
+		let ind = indent(msl)
+	    end
+	    return ind
+	endif
+    end
+
+    let col = s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+    if col > 0
+	call cursor(lnum, col)
+	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + &sw
+	" TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
+	" fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
+	" level
+	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
+	    let ind = indent('.')
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " Indent if proper keyword
-    if prevline =~? s:falcon_indent_keywords
-        let chg = &sw
-    " If previous line opened a parenthesis, and did not close it, indent
-    elseif prevline =~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
-        " Make sure this isn't just a function split between two lines
-        if prevline =~ ',\s*$'
-            return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)) + &sw
-        else
-            return match(prevline, '(.*\((.*)\|[^)]\)*.*$') + 1
-        endif
-    elseif prevline =~ '^[^(]*)\s*$'
-        " This line closes a parenthesis. Finds opening.
-        let curr_line = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-        while curr_line >= 0
-            let str = getline(curr_line)
-            if str !~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
-                let curr_line = prevnonblank(curr_line - 1)
-            else
-                break
-            endif
-        endwhile
-        if curr_line < 0
-            return -1
-        endif
-        let ind = indent(curr_line)
+    " Set up variables to use and search for MSL to the previous line.
+    let p_lnum = lnum
+    let lnum = s:GetMSL(lnum)
+
+    " If the previous line wasn't a MSL and is continuation return its indent.
+    " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
+    if p_lnum != lnum
+	if s:Match(p_lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
+	    return ind
+	endif
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ends in a semi-colon reset indent to previous
-    " lines setting
-    if prevline =~? ';\s*$' && prevnonblank(prevline) =~? ',\s*$'
-        let chg = chg - (2 * &sw)
+    " Set up more variables, now that we know we wasn't continuation bound.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    let msl_ind = indent(lnum)
+
+    " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
+    " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
+    " module Foo; class Bar; end
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+	let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
+	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ended in a comma, indent again
-    if prevline =~? ',\s*$'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
+    " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
+    " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
+	if lnum == p_lnum
+	    let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	else
+	    let ind = msl_ind
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ended in a =>, indent again
-    if prevline =~? '=>\s*$'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
-    endif
-
-    " Deindent on proper keywords
-    if cline =~? s:falcon_deindent_keywords
-        let chg = chg - &sw
-    endif
-
-    return ind + chg
+  return ind
 endfunction
 
+" }}}1
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 

runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	git config file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 April 7
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish

runtime/indent/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ let s:attributes = '\%({.\{-\}}\|\[.\{-\}\]\)'
 let s:tag = '\%([%.#][[:alnum:]_-]\+\|'.s:attributes.'\)*[<>]*'
 
 if !exists('g:haml_self_closing_tags')
-  let g:haml_self_closing_tags = 'meta|link|img|hr|br'
+  let g:haml_self_closing_tags = 'base|link|meta|br|hr|img|input'
 endif
 
 function! GetHamlIndent()

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -1,242 +1,505 @@
-" Description:	html indenter
-" Author:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Mo, 05 Jun 2006 22:32:41 CEST
-" 		Restoring 'cpo' and 'ic' added by Bram 2006 May 5
-" Globals:	g:html_indent_tags	   -- indenting tags
-"		g:html_indent_strict       -- inhibit 'O O' elements
-"		g:html_indent_strict_table -- inhibit 'O -' elements
+" Vim indent script for HTML
+" General: "{{{
+" File:		html.vim (Vimscript #2075)
+" Author:	Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 12
+" Rev Days:     13
+" Version:	0.9
+" Vim Version:	Vim7
+" Description:
+"   Improved version of the distributed html indent script, faster on a
+"   range of lines.
+"
+" Credits:
+"	indent/html.vim (2006 Jun 05) from J. Zellner
+"	indent/css.vim (2006 Dec 20) from N. Weibull
+"
+" History:
+" 2012 Oct 21	(v0.9) added support for shiftwidth()
+" 2011 Sep 09	(v0.8) added HTML5 tags (thx to J. Zuckerman)
+" 2008 Apr 28	(v0.6) revised customization
+" 2008 Mar 09	(v0.5) fixed 'indk' issue (thx to C.J. Robinson)
+" }}}
 
-" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+" Init Folklore, check user settings (2nd time ++) "{{{
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
+setlocal indentexpr=HtmlIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=o,O,<Return>,<>>,{,},!^F
 
-" [-- local settings (must come before aborting the script) --]
-setlocal indentexpr=HtmlIndentGet(v:lnum)
-setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,<>>,{,}
+let b:indent = {"lnum": -1}
+let b:undo_indent = "set inde< indk<| unlet b:indent"
 
-
-if exists('g:html_indent_tags')
-    unlet g:html_indent_tags
+" Load Once:
+if exists("*HtmlIndent")
+    call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+    finish
 endif
 
-" [-- helper function to assemble tag list --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentPush(tag)
-    if exists('g:html_indent_tags')
-	let g:html_indent_tags = g:html_indent_tags.'\|'.a:tag
-    else
-	let g:html_indent_tags = a:tag
-    endif
-endfun
-
-
-" [-- <ELEMENT ? - - ...> --]
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('a')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('abbr')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('acronym')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('address')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('b')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('bdo')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('big')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('blockquote')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('button')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('caption')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('center')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('cite')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('code')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('colgroup')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('del')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('dfn')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('dir')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('div')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('dl')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('em')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('fieldset')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('font')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('form')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('frameset')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h1')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h2')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h3')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h4')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h5')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('h6')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('i')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('iframe')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('ins')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('kbd')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('label')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('legend')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('map')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('menu')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('noframes')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('noscript')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('object')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('ol')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('optgroup')
-" call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('pre')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('q')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('s')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('samp')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('script')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('select')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('small')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('span')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('strong')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('style')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('sub')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('sup')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('table')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('textarea')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('title')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('tt')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('u')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('ul')
-call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('var')
-
-
-" [-- <ELEMENT ? O O ...> --]
-if !exists('g:html_indent_strict')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('body')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('head')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('html')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('tbody')
+" Patch 7.3.694
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let s:ShiftWidth = function('shiftwidth')
+else
+    func! s:ShiftWidth()
+	return &shiftwidth
+    endfunc
 endif
 
-
-" [-- <ELEMENT ? O - ...> --]
-if !exists('g:html_indent_strict_table')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('th')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('td')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('tr')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('tfoot')
-    call <SID>HtmlIndentPush('thead')
-endif
-
-delfun <SID>HtmlIndentPush
-
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
+"}}}
 
-" [-- count indent-increasing tags of line a:lnum --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentOpen(lnum, pattern)
-    let s = substitute('x'.getline(a:lnum),
-    \ '.\{-}\(\(<\)\('.a:pattern.'\)\>\)', "\1", 'g')
-    let s = substitute(s, "[^\1].*$", '', '')
-    return strlen(s)
-endfun
-
-" [-- count indent-decreasing tags of line a:lnum --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentClose(lnum, pattern)
-    let s = substitute('x'.getline(a:lnum),
-    \ '.\{-}\(\(<\)/\('.a:pattern.'\)\>>\)', "\1", 'g')
-    let s = substitute(s, "[^\1].*$", '', '')
-    return strlen(s)
-endfun
-
-" [-- count indent-increasing '{' of (java|css) line a:lnum --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentOpenAlt(lnum)
-    return strlen(substitute(getline(a:lnum), '[^{]\+', '', 'g'))
-endfun
-
-" [-- count indent-decreasing '}' of (java|css) line a:lnum --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentCloseAlt(lnum)
-    return strlen(substitute(getline(a:lnum), '[^}]\+', '', 'g'))
-endfun
-
-" [-- return the sum of indents respecting the syntax of a:lnum --]
-fun! <SID>HtmlIndentSum(lnum, style)
-    if a:style == match(getline(a:lnum), '^\s*</')
-	if a:style == match(getline(a:lnum), '^\s*</\<\('.g:html_indent_tags.'\)\>')
-	    let open = <SID>HtmlIndentOpen(a:lnum, g:html_indent_tags)
-	    let close = <SID>HtmlIndentClose(a:lnum, g:html_indent_tags)
-	    if 0 != open || 0 != close
-		return open - close
-	    endif
-	endif
+func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings() "{{{
+    if exists("g:html_indent_inctags")
+	call s:AddITags(split(g:html_indent_inctags, ","))
     endif
-    if '' != &syntax &&
-	\ synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, 1, 1), 'name') =~ '\(css\|java\).*' &&
-	\ synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, strlen(getline(a:lnum)), 1), 'name')
-	\ =~ '\(css\|java\).*'
-	if a:style == match(getline(a:lnum), '^\s*}')
-	    return <SID>HtmlIndentOpenAlt(a:lnum) - <SID>HtmlIndentCloseAlt(a:lnum)
-	endif
-    endif
-    return 0
-endfun
-
-fun! HtmlIndentGet(lnum)
-    " Find a non-empty line above the current line.
-    let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
-
-    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
-    if lnum == 0
-	return 0
+    if exists("g:html_indent_autotags")
+	call s:RemoveITags(split(g:html_indent_autotags, ","))
     endif
 
-    let restore_ic = &ic
-    setlocal ic " ignore case
+    let indone = {"zero": 0
+		\,"auto": "indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))"
+		\,"inc": "b:indent.blocktagind + s:ShiftWidth()"}
+    if exists("g:html_indent_script1")
+	let s:js1indent = get(indone, g:html_indent_script1, indone.zero)
+    endif
+    if exists("g:html_indent_style1")
+	let s:css1indent = get(indone, g:html_indent_style1, indone.zero)
+    endif
+endfunc "}}}
 
-    " [-- special handling for <pre>: no indenting --]
-    if getline(a:lnum) =~ '\c</pre>'
-		\ || 0 < searchpair('\c<pre>', '', '\c</pre>', 'nWb')
-		\ || 0 < searchpair('\c<pre>', '', '\c</pre>', 'nW')
-	" we're in a line with </pre> or inside <pre> ... </pre>
-	if restore_ic == 0
-	  setlocal noic
+" Init Script Vars  "{{{
+let s:usestate = 1
+let s:css1indent = 0
+let s:js1indent = 0
+" not to be changed:
+let s:endtags = [0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]   " some places unused
+let s:newstate = {}
+let s:countonly = 0
+ "}}}
+func! s:AddITags(taglist) "{{{
+    for itag in a:taglist
+	let s:indent_tags[itag] = 1
+	let s:indent_tags['/'.itag] = -1
+    endfor
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:AddBlockTag(tag, id, ...) "{{{
+    if !(a:id >= 2 && a:id < 2+len(s:endtags))
+	return
+    endif
+    let s:indent_tags[a:tag] = a:id
+    if a:0 == 0
+	let s:indent_tags['/'.a:tag] = -a:id
+	let s:endtags[a:id-2] = "</".a:tag.">"
+    else
+	let s:indent_tags[a:1] = -a:id
+	let s:endtags[a:id-2] = a:1
+    endif
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:RemoveITags(taglist) "{{{
+    " remove itags (protect blocktags from being removed)
+    for itag in a:taglist
+	if !has_key(s:indent_tags, itag) || s:indent_tags[itag] != 1
+	    continue
 	endif
+	unlet s:indent_tags[itag]
+	if itag =~ '^\w\+$'
+	    unlet s:indent_tags["/".itag]
+	endif
+    endfor
+endfunc "}}}
+" Add Indent Tags: {{{
+if !exists("s:indent_tags")
+    let s:indent_tags = {}
+endif
+
+" old tags:
+call s:AddITags(['a', 'abbr', 'acronym', 'address', 'b', 'bdo', 'big',
+    \ 'blockquote', 'button', 'caption', 'center', 'cite', 'code', 'colgroup',
+    \ 'del', 'dfn', 'dir', 'div', 'dl', 'em', 'fieldset', 'font', 'form',
+    \ 'frameset', 'h1', 'h2', 'h3', 'h4', 'h5', 'h6', 'i', 'iframe', 'ins', 'kbd',
+    \ 'label', 'legend', 'map', 'menu', 'noframes', 'noscript', 'object', 'ol',
+    \ 'optgroup', 'q', 's', 'samp', 'select', 'small', 'span', 'strong', 'sub',
+    \ 'sup', 'table', 'textarea', 'title', 'tt', 'u', 'ul', 'var', 'th', 'td',
+    \ 'tr', 'tfoot', 'thead'])
+
+" tags added 2011 Sep 09 (especially HTML5 tags):
+call s:AddITags(['area', 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'canvas',
+    \ 'command', 'datalist', 'details', 'embed', 'figure', 'footer',
+    \ 'header', 'group', 'keygen', 'mark', 'math', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
+    \ 'progress', 'ruby', 'section', 'svg', 'texture', 'time', 'video',
+    \ 'wbr', 'text'])
+
+"}}}
+" Add Block Tags: contain alien content "{{{
+call s:AddBlockTag('pre', 2)
+call s:AddBlockTag('script', 3)
+call s:AddBlockTag('style', 4)
+call s:AddBlockTag('<!--', 5, '-->')
+"}}}
+
+func! s:CountITags(...) "{{{
+
+    " relative indent steps for current line [unit &sw]:
+    let s:curind = 0
+    " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
+    let s:nextrel = 0
+
+    if a:0==0
+	let s:block = s:newstate.block
+	let tmpline = substitute(s:curline, '<\zs\/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+	if s:block == 3
+	    let s:newstate.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tmpline, '\C.*<SCRIPT\>\zs[^>]*'))
+	endif
+	let s:newstate.block = s:block
+    else
+	let s:block = 0		" assume starting outside of a block
+	let s:countonly = 1	" don't change state
+	let tmpline = substitute(s:altline, '<\zs\/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+	let s:countonly = 0
+    endif
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:CheckTag(itag) "{{{
+    " "tag" or "/tag" or "<!--" or "-->"
+    let ind = get(s:indent_tags, a:itag)
+    if ind == -1
+	" closing tag
+	if s:block != 0
+	    " ignore itag within a block
+	    return "foo"
+	endif
+	if s:nextrel == 0
+	    let s:curind -= 1
+	else
+	    let s:nextrel -= 1
+	endif
+	" if s:curind >= 1
+	"     let s:curind -= 1
+	" else
+	"     let s:nextrel -= 1
+	" endif
+    elseif ind == 1
+	" opening tag
+	if s:block != 0
+	    return "foo"
+	endif
+	let s:nextrel += 1
+    elseif ind != 0
+	" block-tag (opening or closing)
+	return s:Blocktag(a:itag, ind)
+    endif
+    " else ind==0 (other tag found): keep indent
+    return "foo"   " no matter
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:Blocktag(blocktag, ind) "{{{
+    if a:ind > 0
+	" a block starts here
+	if s:block != 0
+	    " already in a block (nesting) - ignore
+	    " especially ignore comments after other blocktags
+	    return "foo"
+	endif
+	let s:block = a:ind		" block type
+	if s:countonly
+	    return "foo"
+	endif
+	let s:newstate.blocklnr = v:lnum
+	" save allover indent for the endtag
+	let s:newstate.blocktagind = b:indent.baseindent + (s:nextrel + s:curind) * s:ShiftWidth()
+	if a:ind == 3
+	    return "SCRIPT"    " all except this must be lowercase
+	    " line is to be checked again for the type attribute
+	endif
+    else
+	let s:block = 0
+	" we get here if starting and closing block-tag on same line
+    endif
+    return "foo"
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:GetScriptType(str) "{{{
+    if a:str == "" || a:str =~ "java"
+	return "javascript"
+    else
+	return ""
+    endif
+endfunc "}}}
+
+func! s:FreshState(lnum) "{{{
+    " Look back in the file (lines 1 to a:lnum-1) to calc a state for line
+    " a:lnum.  A state is to know ALL relevant details about the lines
+    " 1..a:lnum-1, initial calculating (here!) can be slow, but updating is
+    " fast (incremental).
+    " State:
+    "	lnum		last indented line == prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
+    "	block = 0	a:lnum located within special tag: 0:none, 2:<pre>,
+    "			3:<script>, 4:<style>, 5:<!--
+    "	baseindent	use this indent for line a:lnum as a start - kind of
+    "			autoindent (if block==0)
+    "	scripttype = ''	type attribute of a script tag (if block==3)
+    "	blocktagind	indent for current opening (get) and closing (set)
+    "			blocktag (if block!=0)
+    "	blocklnr	lnum of starting blocktag (if block!=0)
+    "	inattr		line {lnum} starts with attributes of a tag
+    let state = {}
+    let state.lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
+    let state.scripttype = ""
+    let state.blocktagind = -1
+    let state.block = 0
+    let state.baseindent = 0
+    let state.blocklnr = 0
+    let state.inattr = 0
+
+    if state.lnum == 0
+	return state
+    endif
+
+    " Heuristic:
+    " remember startline state.lnum
+    " look back for <pre, </pre, <script, </script, <style, </style tags
+    " remember stopline
+    " if opening tag found,
+    "	assume a:lnum within block
+    " else
+    "	look back in result range (stopline, startline) for comment
+    "	    \ delimiters (<!--, -->)
+    "	if comment opener found,
+    "	    assume a:lnum within comment
+    "	else
+    "	    assume usual html for a:lnum
+    "	    if a:lnum-1 has a closing comment
+    "		look back to get indent of comment opener
+    " FI
+
+    " look back for blocktag
+    call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+    let [stopline, stopcol] = searchpos('\c<\zs\/\=\%(pre\>\|script\>\|style\>\)', "bW")
+    " fugly ... why isn't there searchstr()
+    let tagline = tolower(getline(stopline))
+    let blocktag = matchstr(tagline, '\/\=\%(pre\>\|script\>\|style\>\)', stopcol-1)
+    if stopline > 0 && blocktag[0] != "/"
+	" opening tag found, assume a:lnum within block
+	let state.block = s:indent_tags[blocktag]
+	if state.block == 3
+	    let state.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tagline, '\>[^>]*', stopcol))
+	endif
+	let state.blocklnr = stopline
+	" check preceding tags in the line:
+	let s:altline = tagline[: stopcol-2]
+	call s:CountITags(1)
+	let state.blocktagind = indent(stopline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+	return state
+    elseif stopline == state.lnum
+	" handle special case: previous line (= state.lnum) contains a
+	" closing blocktag which is preceded by line-noise;
+	" blocktag == "/..."
+	let swendtag = match(tagline, '^\s*</') >= 0
+	if !swendtag
+	    let [bline, bcol] = searchpos('<'.blocktag[1:].'\>', "bW")
+	    let s:altline = tolower(getline(bline)[: bcol-2])
+	    call s:CountITags(1)
+	    let state.baseindent = indent(bline) + (s:nextrel+s:curline) * s:ShiftWidth()
+	    return state
+	endif
+    endif
+
+    " else look back for comment
+    call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+    let [comline, comcol, found] = searchpos('\(<!--\)\|-->', 'bpW', stopline)
+    if found == 2
+	" comment opener found, assume a:lnum within comment
+	let state.block = 5
+	let state.blocklnr = comline
+	" check preceding tags in the line:
+	let s:altline = tolower(getline(comline)[: comcol-2])
+	call s:CountITags(1)
+	let state.blocktagind = indent(comline) + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * s:ShiftWidth()
+	return state
+    endif
+
+    " else within usual html
+    let s:altline = tolower(getline(state.lnum))
+    " check a:lnum-1 for closing comment (we need indent from the opening line)
+    let comcol = stridx(s:altline, '-->')
+    if comcol >= 0
+	call cursor(state.lnum, comcol+1)
+	let [comline, comcol] = searchpos('<!--', 'bW')
+	if comline == state.lnum
+	    let s:altline = s:altline[: comcol-2]
+	else
+	    let s:altline = tolower(getline(comline)[: comcol-2])
+	endif
+	call s:CountITags(1)
+	let state.baseindent = indent(comline) + (s:nextrel+s:curline) * s:ShiftWidth()
+	return state
+	" TODO check tags that follow "-->"
+    endif
+
+    " else no comments
+    call s:CountITags(1)
+    let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
+    " line starts with end tag
+    let swendtag = match(s:altline, '^\s*</') >= 0
+    if !swendtag
+	let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
+    endif
+    return state
+endfunc "}}}
+
+func! s:Alien2() "{{{
+    " <pre> block
+    return -1
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:Alien3() "{{{
+    " <script> javascript
+    if prevnonblank(v:lnum-1) == b:indent.blocklnr
+	" indent for the first line after <script>
+	return eval(s:js1indent)
+    endif
+    if b:indent.scripttype == "javascript"
+	return cindent(v:lnum)
+    else
 	return -1
     endif
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:Alien4() "{{{
+    " <style>
+    if prevnonblank(v:lnum-1) == b:indent.blocklnr
+	" indent for first content line
+	return eval(s:css1indent)
+    endif
+    return s:CSSIndent()
+endfunc
 
-    " [-- special handling for <javascript>: use cindent --]
-    let js = '<script.*type\s*=\s*.*java'
-
-    """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-    " by Tye Zdrojewski <zdro@yahoo.com>, 05 Jun 2006
-    " ZDR: This needs to be an AND (we are 'after the start of the pair' AND
-    "      we are 'before the end of the pair').  Otherwise, indentation
-    "      before the start of the script block will be affected; the end of
-    "      the pair will still match if we are before the beginning of the
-    "      pair.
-    "
-    if   0 < searchpair(js, '', '</script>', 'nWb')
-    \ && 0 < searchpair(js, '', '</script>', 'nW')
-	" we're inside javascript
-	if getline(lnum) !~ js && getline(a:lnum) != '</script>'
-	    if restore_ic == 0
-	      setlocal noic
+func! s:CSSIndent() "{{{
+    " adopted $VIMRUNTIME/indent/css.vim
+    if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*[*}]'
+	return cindent(v:lnum)
+    endif
+    let minline = b:indent.blocklnr
+    let pnum = s:css_prevnoncomment(v:lnum - 1, minline)
+    if pnum <= minline
+	" < is to catch errors
+	" indent for first content line after comments
+	return eval(s:css1indent)
+    endif
+    let ind = indent(pnum) + s:css_countbraces(pnum, 1) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    let pline = getline(pnum)
+    if pline =~ '}\s*$'
+	let ind -= (s:css_countbraces(pnum, 0) - (pline =~ '^\s*}')) * s:ShiftWidth()
+    endif
+    return ind
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:css_prevnoncomment(lnum, stopline) "{{{
+    " caller starts from a line a:lnum-1 that is not a comment
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+    let ccol = match(getline(lnum), '\*/')
+    if ccol < 0
+	return lnum
+    endif
+    call cursor(lnum, ccol+1)
+    let lnum = search('/\*', 'bW', a:stopline)
+    if indent(".") == virtcol(".")-1
+	return prevnonblank(lnum-1)
+    else
+	return lnum
+    endif
+endfunc "}}}
+func! s:css_countbraces(lnum, count_open) "{{{
+    let brs = substitute(getline(a:lnum),'[''"].\{-}[''"]\|/\*.\{-}\*/\|/\*.*$\|[^{}]','','g')
+    let n_open = 0
+    let n_close = 0
+    for brace in split(brs, '\zs')
+	if brace == "{"
+	    let n_open += 1
+	elseif brace == "}"
+	    if n_open > 0
+		let n_open -= 1
+	    else
+		let n_close += 1
 	    endif
-	    return cindent(a:lnum)
 	endif
+    endfor
+    return a:count_open ? n_open : n_close
+endfunc "}}}
+
+"}}}
+func! s:Alien5() "{{{
+    " <!-- -->
+    return -1
+endfunc "}}}
+
+func! HtmlIndent() "{{{
+    let s:curline = tolower(getline(v:lnum))
+    let indentunit = s:ShiftWidth()
+
+    let s:newstate = {}
+    let s:newstate.lnum = v:lnum
+
+    " does the line start with a closing tag?
+    let swendtag = match(s:curline, '^\s*</') >= 0
+
+    if prevnonblank(v:lnum-1) == b:indent.lnum && s:usestate
+	" use state (continue from previous line)
+    else
+	" start over (know nothing)
+	let b:indent = s:FreshState(v:lnum)
     endif
 
-    if getline(lnum) =~ '\c</pre>'
-	" line before the current line a:lnum contains
-	" a closing </pre>. --> search for line before
-	" starting <pre> to restore the indent.
-	let preline = prevnonblank(search('\c<pre>', 'bW') - 1)
-	if preline > 0
-	    if restore_ic == 0
-	      setlocal noic
+    if b:indent.block >= 2
+	" within block
+	let endtag = s:endtags[b:indent.block-2]
+	let blockend = stridx(s:curline, endtag)
+	if blockend >= 0
+	    " block ends here
+	    let s:newstate.block = 0
+	    " calc indent for REST OF LINE (may start more blocks):
+	    let s:curline = strpart(s:curline, blockend+strlen(endtag))
+	    call s:CountITags()
+	    if swendtag && b:indent.block != 5
+		let indent = b:indent.blocktagind + s:curind * indentunit
+		let s:newstate.baseindent = indent + s:nextrel * indentunit
+	    else
+		let indent = s:Alien{b:indent.block}()
+		let s:newstate.baseindent = b:indent.blocktagind + s:nextrel * indentunit
 	    endif
-	    return indent(preline)
+	    call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
+	    return indent
+	else
+	    " block continues
+	    " indent this line with alien method
+	    let indent = s:Alien{b:indent.block}()
+	    call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
+	    return indent
 	endif
+    else
+	" not within a block - within usual html
+	" if < 2 then always 0
+	let s:newstate.block = b:indent.block
+	call s:CountITags()
+	if swendtag
+	    let indent = b:indent.baseindent + s:curind * indentunit
+	    let s:newstate.baseindent = indent + s:nextrel * indentunit
+	else
+	    let indent = b:indent.baseindent
+	    let s:newstate.baseindent = indent + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * indentunit
+	endif
+	call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
+	return indent
     endif
 
-    let ind = <SID>HtmlIndentSum(lnum, -1)
-    let ind = ind + <SID>HtmlIndentSum(a:lnum, 0)
+endfunc "}}}
 
-    if restore_ic == 0
-	setlocal noic
-    endif
+" check user settings (first time), clear cpo, Modeline: {{{1
 
-    return indent(lnum) + (&sw * ind)
-endfun
+" DEBUG:
+com! -nargs=* IndHtmlLocal <args>
+
+call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
-" [-- EOF <runtime>/indent/html.vim --]
+" vim:set fdm=marker ts=8:

runtime/indent/liquid.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     Liquid
 " Maintainer:   Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:  2012 May 07
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish

runtime/indent/perl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:     Perl 5
-" Author:       Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
-" Last Change:  June 3, 2009
+" Language:      Perl 5
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   May 12, 2013
 
 " Suggestions and improvements by :
 "   Aaron J. Sherman (use syntax for hints)
@@ -11,9 +12,9 @@
 " TODO things that are not or not properly indented (yet) :
 " - Continued statements
 "     print "foo",
-"	"bar";
+"       "bar";
 "     print "foo"
-"	if bar();
+"       if bar();
 " - Multiline regular expressions (m//x)
 " (The following probably needs modifying the perl syntax file)
 " - qw() lists
@@ -34,15 +35,10 @@ if !b:indent_use_syntax
     setlocal indentkeys+=0=EO
 endif
 
-" Only define the function once.
-if exists("*GetPerlIndent")
-    finish
-endif
-
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-function GetPerlIndent()
+function! GetPerlIndent()
 
     " Get the line to be indented
     let cline = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -52,7 +48,7 @@ function GetPerlIndent()
         return 0
     endif
 
-    " Don't reindent coments on first column
+    " Don't reindent comments on first column
     if cline =~ '^#.'
         return 0
     endif
@@ -124,7 +120,12 @@ function GetPerlIndent()
     " Indent blocks enclosed by {}, (), or []
     if b:indent_use_syntax
         " Find a real opening brace
-        let bracepos = match(line, '[(){}\[\]]', matchend(line, '^\s*[)}\]]'))
+        " NOTE: Unlike Perl character classes, we do NOT need to escape the
+        " closing brackets with a backslash.  Doing so just puts a backslash
+        " in the character class and causes sorrow.  Instead, put the closing
+        " bracket as the first character in the class.
+        let braceclass = '[][(){}]'
+        let bracepos = match(line, braceclass, matchend(line, '^\s*[])}]'))
         while bracepos != -1
             let synid = synIDattr(synID(lnum, bracepos + 1, 0), "name")
             " If the brace is highlighted in one of those groups, indent it.
@@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ function GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
                         \ || synid == "perlHereDoc"
                         \ || synid =~ "^perlFiledescStatement"
-                        \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\)Fold'
+                        \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let brace = strpart(line, bracepos, 1)
                 if brace == '(' || brace == '{' || brace == '['
                     let ind = ind + &sw
@@ -141,22 +142,22 @@ function GetPerlIndent()
                     let ind = ind - &sw
                 endif
             endif
-            let bracepos = match(line, '[(){}\[\]]', bracepos + 1)
+            let bracepos = match(line, braceclass, bracepos + 1)
         endwhile
-        let bracepos = matchend(cline, '^\s*[)}\]]')
+        let bracepos = matchend(cline, '^\s*[])}]')
         if bracepos != -1
             let synid = synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, bracepos, 0), "name")
             if synid == ""
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
-                        \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\)Fold'
+                        \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let ind = ind - &sw
             endif
         endif
     else
-        if line =~ '[{\[(]\s*\(#[^)}\]]*\)\=$'
+        if line =~ '[{[(]\s*\(#[^])}]*\)\=$'
             let ind = ind + &sw
         endif
-        if cline =~ '^\s*[)}\]]'
+        if cline =~ '^\s*[])}]'
             let ind = ind - &sw
         endif
     endif

runtime/indent/perl6.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:     Perl 6
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
-" Last Change:  2009-07-04
-" Contributors: Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-"               Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
+" Language:      Perl 6
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-12
+" Contributors:  Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
+"                Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
-" Adapted from Perl indent file by Rafael Garcia-Suarez <rgarciasuarez@free.fr>
+" Adapted from indent/perl.vim by Rafael Garcia-Suarez <rgarciasuarez@free.fr>
 
 " Suggestions and improvements by :
 "   Aaron J. Sherman (use syntax for hints)
@@ -46,15 +47,10 @@ if !b:indent_use_syntax
     setlocal indentkeys+=0=EO
 endif
 
-" Only define the function once.
-if exists("*GetPerl6Indent")
-    finish
-endif
-
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-function GetPerl6Indent()
+function! GetPerl6Indent()
 
     " Get the line to be indented
     let cline = getline(v:lnum)

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -2,21 +2,23 @@
 " Language:	PHP
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
-" Last Change:	2010 Jully 26th
-" Newsletter:	http://www.2072productions.com/?to=php-indent-for-vim-newsletter.php
-" Version:	1.33
+" Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
+" Last Change:	2013 May 10th
+" Version:	1.37
 "
 "
-"  If you find a bug, please report it on GitHub:
-"	http://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm/issues
-"  with an example of code that breaks the algorithm.
+"	Type :help php-indent for available options
+"
+"	A fully commented version of this file is available on github
 "
 "
-"	Thanks a lot for using this script.
-"
+"  If you find a bug, please open a ticket on github.org
+"  ( https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm/issues ) with an example of
+"  code that breaks the algorithm.
 "
+
 " NOTE: This script must be used with PHP syntax ON and with the php syntax
-"	script by Lutz Eymers (http://www.ipdienste.net/data/php.vim ) or with the
+"	script by Lutz Eymers (http://www.isp.de/data/php.vim ) or with the
 "	script by Peter Hodge (http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1571 )
 "	the later is bunbdled by default with Vim 7.
 "
@@ -26,7 +28,7 @@
 "	script will automatically put HereDoc end identifiers at col 1 if
 "	they are followed by a ';').
 "
-"
+
 " NOTE: If you are editing files in Unix file format and that (by accident)
 "	there are '\r' before new lines, this script won't be able to proceed
 "	correctly and will make many mistakes because it won't be able to match
@@ -38,8 +40,6 @@
 "	or simply 'let' the option PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the script will
 "	silently remove them when VIM load this script (at each bufread).
 "
-" Options: See :help php-indent for available options.
-
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
@@ -50,12 +50,19 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 let php_sync_method = 0
 
 
+
 if exists("PHP_default_indenting")
     let b:PHP_default_indenting = PHP_default_indenting * &sw
 else
     let b:PHP_default_indenting = 0
 endif
 
+if exists("PHP_outdentSLComments")
+    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = PHP_outdentSLComments * &sw
+else
+    let b:PHP_outdentSLComments = 0
+endif
+
 if exists("PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel")
     let b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel
 else
@@ -116,13 +123,20 @@ endif
 
 if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
     call ResetPhpOptions()
-    finish
+    finish " XXX -- comment this line for easy dev
 endif
 
 let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 
 
+function! DebugPrintReturn(scriptLine)
+
+    echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
+    call getchar()
+
+endfunction
+
 function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 
     let lnum = a:startline
@@ -189,8 +203,6 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 0
     endif
 
-
-
     return lnum
 endfunction " }}}
 
@@ -198,11 +210,11 @@ function! Skippmatch2()
 
     let line = getline(".")
 
-   if line =~ '\%(".*\)\@<=/\*\%(.*"\)\@=' || line =~ '\%(\%(//\|#\).*\)\@<=/\*'
-       return 1
-   else
-       return 0
-   endif
+    if line =~ "\\([\"']\\).*/\\*.*\\1" || line =~ '\%(//\|#\).*/\*'
+        return 1
+    else
+        return 0
+    endif
 endfun
 
 function! Skippmatch()	" {{{
@@ -314,7 +326,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     endif
 endfunction " }}}
 
-let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|else\)'
+let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
 let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|else\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|try\>\|catch\>\)'
 
 let s:autoresetoptions = 0
@@ -361,14 +373,12 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     if !b:PHP_indentinghuge && b:PHP_lastindented > b:PHP_indentbeforelast
 	if b:PHP_indentbeforelast
 	    let b:PHP_indentinghuge = 1
-	    echom 'Large indenting detected, speed optimizations engaged (v1.33)'
 	endif
 	let b:PHP_indentbeforelast = b:PHP_lastindented
     endif
 
     if b:InPHPcode_checked && prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) != b:PHP_lastindented
 	if b:PHP_indentinghuge
-	    echom 'Large indenting deactivated'
 	    let b:PHP_indentinghuge = 0
 	    let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	endif
@@ -425,7 +435,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	else
 	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
 	    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
-	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script.*>'
+	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = s:PHP_startindenttag
 	endif
     endif "!b:InPHPcode_checked }}}
 
@@ -493,7 +503,9 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     " Indent successive // or # comment the same way the first is {{{
+    let addSpecial = 0
     if cline =~ '^\s*\%(//\|#\|/\*.*\*/\s*$\)'
+	let addSpecial = b:PHP_outdentSLComments
 	if b:PHP_LastIndentedWasComment == 1
 	    return indent(real_PHP_lastindented)
 	endif
@@ -550,7 +562,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     if lnum == 0
-	return b:PHP_default_indenting
+	return b:PHP_default_indenting + addSpecial
     endif
 
 
@@ -577,17 +589,17 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
 
-    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^)' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
+    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^[)\]]' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
 	if ind==b:PHP_default_indenting
-	    return b:PHP_default_indenting
+	    return b:PHP_default_indenting + addSpecial
 	elseif b:PHP_indentinghuge && ind==b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel && cline !~# '^\s*\%(else\|\%(case\|default\).*:\|[})];\=\)' && last_line !~# '^\s*\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\)' && getline(GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1))=~';'.endline
-	    return b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel
+	    return b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel + addSpecial
 	endif
     endif
 
     let LastLineClosed = 0
 
-    let terminated = '\%(;\%(\s*?>\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.endline
+    let terminated = '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.endline
 
     let unstated   = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.endline
 
@@ -618,19 +630,23 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endwhile
 
     elseif last_line =~# unstated && cline !~ '^\s*);\='.endline
-	let ind = ind + &sw
-	return ind
+	let ind = ind + &sw " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
+	return ind + addSpecial
 
-    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^)' ) && last_line =~ terminated
+    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated " Added || last_line =~ '^)' on 2007-12-30 (array indenting problem broke other things)
 	let previous_line = last_line
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 	let LastLineClosed = 1
 
 	while 1
-	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*}'
-		let last_line_num = FindOpenBracket(last_line_num)
+	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
 
-		if getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
+		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
+		call search('}\|;\s*}'.endline, 'W')
+		let oldLastLine = last_line_num
+		let last_line_num = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+
+		if oldLastLine == last_line_num || getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
 		    let last_line_num = GetLastRealCodeLNum(last_line_num - 1)
 		endif
 
@@ -674,7 +690,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    let ind = indent(last_match)
 	    let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 
-	    return ind
+	    return ind + addSpecial
 	endif
     endif
 
@@ -693,7 +709,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     if !LastLineClosed
 
 
-	if last_line =~# '[{(]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
+	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
 
 	    if !b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{'
 		let ind = ind + &sw
@@ -702,7 +718,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    if b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent == 1
 		let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind
 
-		return ind
+		return ind + addSpecial
 	    endif
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
@@ -712,22 +728,21 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)
 	    endif
-	
+
 	elseif last_line =~ '^\s*'.s:blockstart
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 
 
-
-	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '\%(;\%(\s*?>\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|{\)'.endline . '\|' . s:defaultORcase
+	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|{\)'.endline . '\|' . s:defaultORcase
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 	endif
 
     endif
 
-    if cline =~  '^\s*);\='
+    if cline =~  '^\s*[)\]];\='
 	let ind = ind - &sw
     endif
 
     let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind
-    return ind
+    return ind + addSpecial
 endfunction

runtime/indent/ruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Maintainer:		Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
-" Last Change:		2009 Dec 17
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 " 0. Initialization {{{1
@@ -18,9 +16,9 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
 " Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
-setlocal indentexpr=GetRubyIndent()
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRubyIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],!^F,o,O,e
-setlocal indentkeys+==end,=elsif,=when,=ensure,=rescue,==begin,==end
+setlocal indentkeys+==end,=else,=elsif,=when,=ensure,=rescue,==begin,==end
 
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetRubyIndent")
@@ -33,8 +31,9 @@ set cpo&vim
 " 1. Variables {{{1
 " ============
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
-let s:syng_strcom = '\<ruby\%(String\|StringEscape\|ASCIICode' .
+" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit strings/symbols or are comments.
+let s:syng_strcom = '\<ruby\%(Regexp\|RegexpDelimiter\|RegexpEscape' .
+      \ '\|Symbol\|String\|StringDelimiter\|StringEscape\|ASCIICode' .
       \ '\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|Comment\|Documentation\)\>'
 
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings.
@@ -43,7 +42,7 @@ let s:syng_string =
 
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
 let s:syng_stringdoc =
-  \'\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\|Documentation\)\>'
+      \'\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\|Documentation\)\>'
 
 " Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
 let s:skip_expr =
@@ -52,45 +51,60 @@ let s:skip_expr =
 " Regex used for words that, at the start of a line, add a level of indent.
 let s:ruby_indent_keywords = '^\s*\zs\<\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for' .
       \ '\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure' .
-      \ '\|rescue\)\>' .
-      \ '\|\%([*+/,=-]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
-      \    '\<\%(if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\)\>'
+      \ '\|rescue\):\@!\>' .
+      \ '\|\%([=,*/%+-]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
+      \    '\<\%(if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\):\@!\>'
 
 " Regex used for words that, at the start of a line, remove a level of indent.
 let s:ruby_deindent_keywords =
-      \ '^\s*\zs\<\%(ensure\|else\|rescue\|elsif\|when\|end\)\>'
+      \ '^\s*\zs\<\%(ensure\|else\|rescue\|elsif\|when\|end\):\@!\>'
 
 " Regex that defines the start-match for the 'end' keyword.
 "let s:end_start_regex = '\%(^\|[^.]\)\<\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\|do\)\>'
 " TODO: the do here should be restricted somewhat (only at end of line)?
-let s:end_start_regex = '^\s*\zs\<\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for' .
-      \ '\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\)\>' .
-      \ '\|\%([*+/,=-]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
-      \    '\<\%(if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\)\>' .
-      \ '\|\<do\>'
+let s:end_start_regex =
+      \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
+      \ '\<\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\):\@!\>' .
+      \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
 
 " Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
-let s:end_middle_regex = '\<\%(ensure\|else\|\%(\%(^\|;\)\s*\)\@<=\<rescue\>\|when\|elsif\)\>'
+let s:end_middle_regex = '\<\%(ensure\|else\|\%(\%(^\|;\)\s*\)\@<=\<rescue:\@!\>\|when\|elsif\):\@!\>'
 
 " Regex that defines the end-match for the 'end' keyword.
-let s:end_end_regex = '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<end\>'
+let s:end_end_regex = '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<end:\@!\>'
 
 " Expression used for searchpair() call for finding match for 'end' keyword.
 let s:end_skip_expr = s:skip_expr .
       \ ' || (expand("<cword>") == "do"' .
-      \ ' && getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\\<\\(while\\|until\\|for\\)\\>")'
+      \ ' && getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\\<\\(while\\|until\\|for\\):\\@!\\>")'
 
 " Regex that defines continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
-let s:continuation_regex = '\%([\\*+/.,:]\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+let s:non_bracket_continuation_regex = '\%([\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
 
 " Regex that defines continuation lines.
 " TODO: this needs to deal with if ...: and so on
-let s:continuation_regex2 =
-      \ '\%([\\*+/.,:({[]\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+let s:continuation_regex =
+      \ '\%(%\@<![({[\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines bracket continuations
+let s:bracket_continuation_regex = '%\@<!\%([({[]\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines the first part of a splat pattern
+let s:splat_regex = '[[,(]\s*\*\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
 
 " Regex that defines blocks.
+"
+" Note that there's a slight problem with this regex and s:continuation_regex.
+" Code like this will be matched by both:
+"
+"   method_call do |(a, b)|
+"
+" The reason is that the pipe matches a hanging "|" operator.
+"
 let s:block_regex =
-      \ '\%(\<do\>\|{\)\s*\%(|\%([*@]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*[*@]\=\h\w*\)*|\)\=\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+      \ '\%(\<do:\@!\>\|%\@<!{\)\s*\%(|\s*(*\s*\%([*@&]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*(*\s*[*@&]\=\h\w*\s*)*\s*\)*|\)\=\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+let s:block_continuation_regex = '^\s*[^])}\t ].*'.s:block_regex
 
 " 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
 " ======================
@@ -110,6 +124,11 @@ function s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(lnum, col)
   return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_stringdoc
 endfunction
 
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string delimiter
+function s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'rubyStringDelimiter'
+endfunction
+
 " Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
 function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
   let in_block = 0
@@ -118,16 +137,16 @@ function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
     " Go in and out of blocks comments as necessary.
     " If the line isn't empty (with opt. comment) or in a string, end search.
     let line = getline(lnum)
-    if line =~ '^=begin$'
+    if line =~ '^=begin'
       if in_block
-	let in_block = 0
+        let in_block = 0
       else
-	break
+        break
       endif
-    elseif !in_block && line =~ '^=end$'
+    elseif !in_block && line =~ '^=end'
       let in_block = 1
     elseif !in_block && line !~ '^\s*#.*$' && !(s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, 1)
-	  \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, strlen(line)))
+          \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, strlen(line)))
       break
     endif
     let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
@@ -139,42 +158,144 @@ endfunction
 function s:GetMSL(lnum)
   " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
   let msl = a:lnum
+  let msl_body = getline(msl)
   let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
   while lnum > 0
     " If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
     " Otherwise, terminate search as we have found our MSL already.
     let line = getline(lnum)
-    let col = match(line, s:continuation_regex2) + 1
-    if (col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col))
-	  \ || s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line))
+
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:splat_regex)
+      " If the above line looks like the "*" of a splat, use the current one's
+      " indentation.
+      "
+      " Example:
+      "   Hash[*
+      "     method_call do
+      "       something
+      "
+      return msl
+    elseif s:Match(line, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+          \ s:Match(msl, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex)
+      " If the current line is a non-bracket continuation and so is the
+      " previous one, keep its indent and continue looking for an MSL.
+      "
+      " Example:
+      "   method_call one,
+      "     two,
+      "     three
+      "
       let msl = lnum
+    elseif s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+          \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+      " If the current line is a bracket continuation or a block-starter, but
+      " the previous is a non-bracket one, respect the previous' indentation,
+      " and stop here.
+      "
+      " Example:
+      "   method_call one,
+      "     two {
+      "     three
+      "
+      return lnum
+    elseif s:Match(lnum, s:bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+          \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+      " If both lines are bracket continuations (the current may also be a
+      " block-starter), use the current one's and stop here
+      "
+      " Example:
+      "   method_call(
+      "     other_method_call(
+      "       foo
+      return msl
+    elseif s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex) &&
+          \ !s:Match(msl, s:continuation_regex) &&
+          \ !s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex)
+      " If the previous line is a block-starter and the current one is
+      " mostly ordinary, use the current one as the MSL.
+      "
+      " Example:
+      "   method_call do
+      "     something
+      "     something_else
+      return msl
     else
-      break
+      let col = match(line, s:continuation_regex) + 1
+      if (col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col))
+            \ || s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line))
+        let msl = lnum
+      else
+        break
+      endif
     endif
+
+    let msl_body = getline(msl)
     let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
   endwhile
   return msl
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
-function s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
-  let open_0 = 0
-  let open_2 = 0
-  let open_4 = 0
+function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+  let opening = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+  let closing = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+
   let line = getline(a:lnum)
-  let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+  let pos  = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+
+  " Save any encountered opening brackets, and remove them once a matching
+  " closing one has been found. If a closing bracket shows up that doesn't
+  " close anything, save it for later.
   while pos != -1
     if !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, pos + 1)
-      let idx = stridx('(){}[]', line[pos])
-      if idx % 2 == 0
-	let open_{idx} = open_{idx} + 1
-      else
-	let open_{idx - 1} = open_{idx - 1} - 1
+      if line[pos] == '('
+        call add(opening.parentheses, {'type': '(', 'pos': pos})
+      elseif line[pos] == ')'
+        if empty(opening.parentheses)
+          call add(closing.parentheses, {'type': ')', 'pos': pos})
+        else
+          let opening.parentheses = opening.parentheses[0:-2]
+        endif
+      elseif line[pos] == '{'
+        call add(opening.braces, {'type': '{', 'pos': pos})
+      elseif line[pos] == '}'
+        if empty(opening.braces)
+          call add(closing.braces, {'type': '}', 'pos': pos})
+        else
+          let opening.braces = opening.braces[0:-2]
+        endif
+      elseif line[pos] == '['
+        call add(opening.brackets, {'type': '[', 'pos': pos})
+      elseif line[pos] == ']'
+        if empty(opening.brackets)
+          call add(closing.brackets, {'type': ']', 'pos': pos})
+        else
+          let opening.brackets = opening.brackets[0:-2]
+        endif
       endif
     endif
+
     let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
   endwhile
-  return (open_0 > 0) . (open_2 > 0) . (open_4 > 0)
+
+  " Find the rightmost brackets, since they're the ones that are important in
+  " both opening and closing cases
+  let rightmost_opening = {'type': '(', 'pos': -1}
+  let rightmost_closing = {'type': ')', 'pos': -1}
+
+  for opening in opening.parentheses + opening.braces + opening.brackets
+    if opening.pos > rightmost_opening.pos
+      let rightmost_opening = opening
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  for closing in closing.parentheses + closing.braces + closing.brackets
+    if closing.pos > rightmost_closing.pos
+      let rightmost_closing = closing
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  return [rightmost_opening, rightmost_closing]
 endfunction
 
 function s:Match(lnum, regex)
@@ -195,32 +316,35 @@ endfunction
 " 3. GetRubyIndent Function {{{1
 " =========================
 
-function GetRubyIndent()
+function GetRubyIndent(...)
   " 3.1. Setup {{{2
   " ----------
 
-  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use v:lnum here.
+  " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
+  let clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use clnum here.
   let vcol = col('.')
 
   " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
   " -----------------------------
 
   " Get the current line.
-  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+  let line = getline(clnum)
   let ind = -1
 
   " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
   " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
   " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
   let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]})]')
-  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(v:lnum, col)
-    call cursor(v:lnum, col)
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(clnum, col)
+    call cursor(clnum, col)
     let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
     if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
       if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
-	let ind = virtcol('.')-1
+        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
       else
-	let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
       endif
     endif
     return ind
@@ -233,35 +357,47 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
 
   " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
   " TODO: this is messy
-  if s:Match(v:lnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
-    call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
+  if s:Match(clnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
+    call cursor(clnum, 1)
     if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-	    \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
-      let line = getline('.')
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+      let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
+      let line = getline(line('.'))
+
       if strpart(line, 0, col('.') - 1) =~ '=\s*$' &&
-       \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
-	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+            \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
+        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+      elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
       else
-	let ind = indent('.')
+        let ind = indent(msl)
       endif
     endif
     return ind
   endif
 
   " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
-  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(v:lnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
+  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(clnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
     return indent('.')
   endif
 
+  " If we are at the closing delimiter of a "<<" heredoc-style string, set the
+  " indent to 0.
+  if line =~ '^\k\+\s*$'
+        \ && s:IsInStringDelimiter(clnum, 1)
+        \ && search('\V<<'.line, 'nbW') > 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
   " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
   " -------------------------------
 
   " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
-  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(v:lnum - 1)
+  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(clnum - 1)
 
   " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
-  if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
-    return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum))
+  if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(clnum - 1)
+    return indent(prevnonblank(clnum))
   endif
 
   " At the start of the file use zero indent.
@@ -269,7 +405,7 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
     return 0
   endif
 
-  " Set up variables for current line.
+  " Set up variables for the previous line.
   let line = getline(lnum)
   let ind = indent(lnum)
 
@@ -278,20 +414,42 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
     return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + &sw
   endif
 
-  " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
-  " add indent depending on the bracket type.
-  if line =~ '[[({]'
-    let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
-    if counts[0] == '1' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
-      if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
-	return ind + &sw
+  " If the previous line ended with the "*" of a splat, add a level of indent
+  if line =~ s:splat_regex
+    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line contained unclosed opening brackets and we are still
+  " in them, find the rightmost one and add indent depending on the bracket
+  " type.
+  "
+  " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
+  " match and indent according to that.
+  if line =~ '[[({]' || line =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+
+    if opening.pos != -1
+      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+        if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+          return ind + &sw
+        else
+          return virtcol('.')
+        endif
       else
-	return virtcol('.')
+        let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
+        return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + &sw
+      endif
+    elseif closing.pos != -1
+      call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
+      normal! %
+
+      if s:Match(line('.'), s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+        return indent('.') + &sw
+      else
+        return indent('.')
       endif
-    elseif counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
-      return ind + &sw
     else
-      call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
+      call cursor(clnum, vcol)
     end
   endif
 
@@ -301,12 +459,12 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
   if col > 0
     call cursor(lnum, col)
     if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-		\ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
       let n = line('.')
       let ind = indent('.')
       let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
       if msl != n
-	let ind = indent(msl)
+        let ind = indent(msl)
       end
       return ind
     endif
@@ -316,7 +474,6 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
   if col > 0
     call cursor(lnum, col)
     let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + &sw
-"    let ind = indent(lnum) + &sw
     " TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
     " fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
     " level
@@ -336,7 +493,7 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
   " If the previous line wasn't a MSL and is continuation return its indent.
   " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
   if p_lnum != lnum
-    if s:Match(p_lnum,s:continuation_regex)||s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
+    if s:Match(p_lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
       return ind
     endif
   endif
@@ -356,13 +513,15 @@ function GetRubyIndent()
     return ind
   endif
 
-  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.-=], indent one extra level.
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:continuation_regex)
+  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
+  " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
+  if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
     if lnum == p_lnum
       let ind = msl_ind + &sw
     else
       let ind = msl_ind
     endif
+    return ind
   endif
 
   " }}}2
@@ -375,4 +534,4 @@ endfunction
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
-" vim:set sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet:
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 et:

runtime/indent/sass.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Sass
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ if exists("*GetSassIndent")
   finish
 endif
 
-let s:property = '^\s*:\|^\s*[[:alnum:]-]\+\%(:\|\s*=\)'
+let s:property = '^\s*:\|^\s*[[:alnum:]#{}-]\+\%(:\|\s*=\)'
+let s:extend = '^\s*\%(@extend\|@include\|+\)'
 
 function! GetSassIndent()
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ function! GetSassIndent()
   let line = substitute(line,'^\s\+','','')
   let indent = indent(lnum)
   let cindent = indent(v:lnum)
-  if line !~ s:property && cline =~ s:property
+  if line !~ s:property && line !~ s:extend && cline =~ s:property
     return indent + &sw
   "elseif line =~ s:property && cline !~ s:property
     "return indent - &sw

runtime/indent/tex.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     LaTeX
-" Maintainer:   Zhou YiChao <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
+" Maintainer:   YiChao Zhou <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
 " Created:      Sat, 16 Feb 2002 16:50:19 +0100
 " Last Change:	2012 Mar 18 19:19:50
 " Version: 0.7
@@ -46,6 +46,9 @@
 "               (*) Modify indentkeys.
 "               2012/03/18 by Zhou Yichao <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
 "               (*) Add &cpo
+"               2013/05/02 by Zhou Yichao <broken.zhou AT gmail.com>
+"               (*) Fix problem about GetTeXIndent checker. Thank Albert Netymk
+"                   for reporting this.
 " }}}
 
 " Document: {{{
@@ -106,10 +109,6 @@
 " }}} 
 
 " Only define the function once
-if exists("*GetTeXIndent")
-    finish
-endif
-
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
 endif
@@ -158,7 +157,7 @@ exec 'setlocal indentkeys+=[,(,{,),},],\&' . substitute(g:tex_items, '^\|\(\\|\)
 let g:tex_items = '^\s*' . substitute(g:tex_items, '^\(\^\\s\*\)*', '', '')
 " }}}
 
-function GetTeXIndent() " {{{
+function! GetTeXIndent() " {{{
     " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
     let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
 

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (EUC-JP)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		24-Feb-2013.
+" Last Change:		12-May-2013.
 "
-" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" Copyright (C) 2001-13 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
 " THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
@@ -299,50 +299,6 @@ menutrans Co&lor\ test
 menutrans &Highlight\ test	<09>ϥ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>饤<EFBFBD>ȥƥ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&H)
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML	HTML<EFBFBD>إ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>С<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&C)
 
-" Japanese specific menu
-" <20><><EFBFBD>ݤ<EFBFBD>iconv<6E><76><EFBFBD>衢ɬ<E8A1A2><C9AC><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ꤷ<EFBFBD><EAA4B7><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɤˤʤ<CBA4><CAA4>櫓<EFBFBD>ǤϤʤ<CFA4><CAA4><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ȥ<EFBFBD><C8A4><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-if has('iconv')
-  " iconv<6E>ΥС<CEA5><D0A1><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ƚ<EFBFBD><C8BD>
-  let s:support_jisx0213 = (iconv("\x87\x64\x87\x6a", 'cp932', 'euc-jisx0213') ==# "\xad\xc5\xad\xcb") ? 1 : 0
-
-  " <20>ɤ߹<C9A4><DFB9><EFBFBD>
-  an 10.395 &File.-SEPICONV- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.100.100 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :browse confirm e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.100.130 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :browse confirm e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " <20><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>
-  an 10.396.110.100 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.110.130 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><><EFBFBD>ɹ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " <20><>¸
-  an 10.396.115 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..-SEP1- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.120.100 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :set fenc=cp932 \| w<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :set fenc=euc-jp \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :set fenc=iso-2022-jp \| w<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :set fenc=euc-jisx0213 \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :set fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 \| w<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.120.130 &File.<2E><><EFBFBD>󥳡<EFBFBD><F3A5B3A1>ɻ<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E><>¸(&S)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :set fenc=utf-8 \| w<CR>
-
-  unlet s:support_jisx0213
-endif
-
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
 

runtime/lang/menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (UTF-8)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		24-Feb-2013.
+" Last Change:		12-May-2013.
 "
-" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" Copyright (C) 2001-13 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
 " THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
@@ -299,50 +299,6 @@ menutrans Co&lor\ test		カラーテスト(&L)
 menutrans &Highlight\ test	ハイライトテスト(&H)
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML	HTMLへコンバート(&C)
 
-" Japanese specific menu
-" 成否はiconv次第、必ずしも指定したエンコードになるわけではないことに注意
-if has('iconv')
-  " iconvのバージョン判定
-  let s:support_jisx0213 = (iconv("\x87\x64\x87\x6a", 'cp932', 'euc-jisx0213') ==# "\xad\xc5\xad\xcb") ? 1 : 0
-
-  " 読み込み
-  an 10.395 &File.-SEPICONV- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.100.100 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :browse confirm e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.100.130 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..開く(&O)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :browse confirm e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " 再読込
-  an 10.396.110.100 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.110.130 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..再読込(&R)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " 保存
-  an 10.396.115 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..-SEP1- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.120.100 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :set fenc=cp932 \| w<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :set fenc=euc-jp \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :set fenc=iso-2022-jp \| w<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :set fenc=euc-jisx0213 \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :set fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 \| w<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.120.130 &File.エンコード指定(&E)\.\.\..保存(&S)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :set fenc=utf-8 \| w<CR>
-
-  unlet s:support_jisx0213
-endif
-
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
 

runtime/lang/menu_japanese_japan.932.vim

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 "
 " Menu Translations:	Japanese (CP932)
 " Translated By:	MURAOKA Taro  <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		24-Feb-2013.
+" Last Change:		12-May-2013.
 "
-" Copyright (C) 2001-12 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
+" Copyright (C) 2001-13 MURAOKA Taro <koron.kaoriya@gmail.com>
 " THIS FILE IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE VIM LICENSE.
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
@@ -299,50 +299,6 @@ menutrans Co&lor\ test
 menutrans &Highlight\ test	<09>n<EFBFBD>C<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>C<EFBFBD>g<EFBFBD>e<EFBFBD>X<EFBFBD>g(&H)
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML	HTML<EFBFBD>փR<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>o<EFBFBD>[<5B>g(&C)
 
-" Japanese specific menu
-" <20><><EFBFBD>ۂ<EFBFBD>iconv<6E><76><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>A<EFBFBD>K<EFBFBD><4B><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD>肵<EFBFBD><E882B5><EFBFBD>G<EFBFBD><47><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>ɂȂ<C982><C882>킯<EFBFBD>ł͂Ȃ<CD82><C882><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>Ƃɒ<C682><C992><EFBFBD>
-if has('iconv')
-  " iconv<6E>̃o<CC83>[<5B>W<EFBFBD><57><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-  let s:support_jisx0213 = (iconv("\x87\x64\x87\x6a", 'cp932', 'euc-jisx0213') ==# "\xad\xc5\xad\xcb") ? 1 : 0
-
-  " <20>ǂݍ<C782><DD8D><EFBFBD>
-  an 10.395 &File.-SEPICONV- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.100.100 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :browse confirm e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.100.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :browse confirm e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.100.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :browse confirm e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.100.130 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>J<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&O)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :browse confirm e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " <20>ēǍ<C493>
-  an 10.396.110.100 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :e ++enc=cp932<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :e ++enc=euc-jp<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.110.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :e ++enc=euc-jisx0213<CR>
-    an 10.396.110.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :e ++enc=iso-2022-jp-3<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.110.130 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ēǍ<EFBFBD>(&R)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :e ++enc=utf-8<CR>
-
-  " <20>ۑ<EFBFBD>
-  an 10.396.115 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..-SEP1- <Nop>
-  an 10.396.120.100 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..SJIS(&S)<Tab>fenc=cp932 :set fenc=cp932 \| w<CR>
-  if !s:support_jisx0213
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jp :set fenc=euc-jp \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp :set fenc=iso-2022-jp \| w<CR>
-  else
-    an 10.396.120.110 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..EUC(&E)<Tab>fenc=euc-jisx0213 :set fenc=euc-jisx0213 \| w<CR>
-    an 10.396.120.120 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..JIS(&J)<Tab>fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 :set fenc=iso-2022-jp-3 \| w<CR>
-  endif
-  an 10.396.120.130 &File.<2E>G<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>R<EFBFBD>[<5B>h<EFBFBD>w<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>(&E)\.\.\..<2E>ۑ<EFBFBD>(&S)\.\.\..UTF-8(&8)<Tab>fenc=utf-8 :set fenc=utf-8 \| w<CR>
-
-  unlet s:support_jisx0213
-endif
-
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
 

runtime/lang/menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Russian
-" Maintainer:		vassily ragosin <vrr[at]users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:		26 Apr 2004
+" Maintainer:		Sergey Alyoshin <alyoshin.s@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer:	vassily ragosin <vrr[at]users.sourceforge.net>
+" Last Change:		29 May 2013
 " URL:			cvs://cvs.sf.net:/cvsroot/ruvim/extras/menu/menu_ru_ru.vim
 "
-" $Id: menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim,v 1.2 2004/06/16 11:19:21 vimboss Exp $
+" $Id: menu_ru_ru.vim,v 1.1 2004/06/13 16:09:10 vimboss Exp $
 "
 " Adopted for RuVim project by Vassily Ragosin.
 " First translation: Tim Alexeevsky <realtim [at] mail.ru>,
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ menutrans &About			&
 " File menu
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	<09><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:close
 "--------------------
@@ -77,51 +79,57 @@ menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p
 menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>x
 menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>ӣ<Tab>ggVG
 "--------------------
+" Athena GUI only
+menutrans &Find<Tab>/			&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>/
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:%s
+" End Athena GUI only
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.<Tab>/		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>/
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:%s	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:%s
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:s     <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:s
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:s	<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.<Tab>:s
 "--------------------
 menutrans Settings\ &Window		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><>
 menutrans &Global\ Settings		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Keymap			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 ">>>----------------- Edit/Global settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ sm!
-menutrans &Context\ lines				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ Vi<Tab>:set\ cp!
-menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
-menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
+menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ hls!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans &Context\ lines				<09><><EFBFBD>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				<09><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ im!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ Vi<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
+menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 "
-menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><>
-menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><>
+menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD>
 ">>>->>>------------- Edit/Global settings/Virtual edit
-menutrans Never						 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Block\ Selection				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Insert\ mode					 <EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Always					 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Never						<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Block\ Selection				<09><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Insert\ mode					<09>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				<09><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ <20>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Always					<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 ">>>----------------- Edit/File settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ nu!
-menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		 &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!		 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!		 <20><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!		 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ C<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!	<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ nru!
+menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ list!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!		<09><><EFBFBD>&<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!		<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ C<Tab>:set\ cin!
 ">>>---
-menutrans &Shiftwidth					 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				 <EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
-menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				 &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
+menutrans &Shiftwidth					<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
+menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\.\.\.
 "
 "
 "
@@ -131,6 +139,7 @@ menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T				&
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Folding					<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Spelling					<09><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 menutrans &Diff						&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ (diff)
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make				<09><>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:make
@@ -141,10 +150,26 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window				<09><>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd			<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>&<26>\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+">>>---------------- Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On				&<26><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off				<09><>&<26><>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s			&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s			&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall		<09><><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+"-------------------
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages			&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
+let g:menutrans_set_lang_to =				'<27><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>'
 ">>>---------------- Folds
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi			<09><><EFBFBD>/<EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zi
 menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv			<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>zv
@@ -219,7 +244,7 @@ menutrans M&in\ Height<Tab>^W1_
 menutrans Max\ &Width<Tab>^W\|				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ &<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^W\|
 menutrans Min\ Widt&h<Tab>^W1\|				<09><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>\ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^W1\|
 ">>>----------------- Window/Move To
-menutrans &Top<Tab>^WK					<09><EFBFBD>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^WK
+menutrans &Top<Tab>^WK					<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^WK
 menutrans &Bottom<Tab>^WJ				<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><Tab>^WJ
 menutrans &Left\ side<Tab>^WH				<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^WH
 menutrans &Right\ side<Tab>^WL				<09>&<26><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><Tab>^WL

runtime/lang/menu_ru_ru.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Russian
-" Maintainer:		vassily ragosin <vrr[at]users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:		26 Apr 2004
+" Maintainer:		Sergey Alyoshin <alyoshin.s@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer:	vassily ragosin <vrr[at]users.sourceforge.net>
+" Last Change:		29 May 2013
 " URL:			cvs://cvs.sf.net:/cvsroot/ruvim/extras/menu/menu_ru_ru.vim
 "
 " $Id: menu_ru_ru.vim,v 1.1 2004/06/13 16:09:10 vimboss Exp $
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ menutrans &About			&Заставка
 " File menu
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e		&Открыть\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp	По&делить\ окно\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
+menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Открыть\ в&кладку\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
 menutrans &New<Tab>:enew		&Новый<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close		&Закрыть<Tab>:close
 "--------------------
@@ -77,51 +79,57 @@ menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p		Вклеить\ по&сле<Tab>]p
 menutrans &Delete<Tab>x			&Удалить<Tab>x
 menutrans &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		В&ыделить\ всё<Tab>ggVG
 "--------------------
+" Athena GUI only
+menutrans &Find<Tab>/			&Поиск<Tab>/
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s	Поиск\ и\ &замена<Tab>:%s
+" End Athena GUI only
 menutrans &Find\.\.\.<Tab>/		&Поиск\.\.\.<Tab>/
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.     Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:%s     Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.<Tab>:%s
-menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:s     Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.<Tab>:s
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.	Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:%s	Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.<Tab>:%s
+menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:s	Поиск\ и\ &замена\.\.\.<Tab>:s
 "--------------------
 menutrans Settings\ &Window		Окно\ настройки\ &опций
+menutrans Startup\ &Settings		Настройки\ запус&ка
 menutrans &Global\ Settings		&Глобальные\ настройки
 menutrans F&ile\ Settings		Настройки\ &файлов
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme		&Цветовая\ схема
 menutrans &Keymap			Раскладка\ кл&авиатуры
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Выбор\ &шрифта\.\.\.
 ">>>----------------- Edit/Global settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!     Подсветка\ &найденных\ соответствий<Tab>:set\ hls!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		 &Регистронезависимый\ поиск<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		 Показывать\ парные\ &элементы<Tab>:set\ sm!
-menutrans &Context\ lines				 Стр&ок\ вокруг\ курсора
-menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				 Вир&туальное\ редактирование
-menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		 Режим\ &Вставки<Tab>:set\ im!
-menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		 &Совместимость\ с\ Vi<Tab>:set\ cp!
-menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				 &Путь\ для\ поиска\ файлов\.\.\.
-menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.				 Файлы\ &меток\.\.\.
+menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	Подсветка\ &найденных\ соответствий<Tab>:set\ hls!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Ignore-case<Tab>:set\ ic!		&Регистронезависимый\ поиск<Tab>:set\ ic!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showmatch<Tab>:set\ sm!		Показывать\ парные\ &элементы<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans &Context\ lines				Стр&ок\ вокруг\ курсора
+menutrans &Virtual\ Edit				Вир&туальное\ редактирование
+menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!		Режим\ &Вставки<Tab>:set\ im!
+menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatible<Tab>:set\ cp!		&Совместимость\ с\ Vi<Tab>:set\ cp!
+menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\.				&Путь\ для\ поиска\ файлов\.\.\.
+menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.				Файлы\ &меток\.\.\.
 "
-menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				 &Инструментальная\ панель
-menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			 Полоса\ прокрутки\ вни&зу
-menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			 Полоса\ прокрутки\ с&лева
-menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			 Полоса\ прокрутки\ спр&ава
+menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar				&Инструментальная\ панель
+menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar			Полоса\ прокрутки\ вни&зу
+menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar			Полоса\ прокрутки\ с&лева
+menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar			Полоса\ прокрутки\ спр&ава
 ">>>->>>------------- Edit/Global settings/Virtual edit
-menutrans Never						 Выключено
-menutrans Block\ Selection				 При\ выделении\ блока
-menutrans Insert\ mode					 В\ режиме\ Вставки
-menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				 При\ выделении\ блока\ и\ в\ режиме\ Вставки
-menutrans Always					 Включено\ всегда
+menutrans Never						Выключено
+menutrans Block\ Selection				При\ выделении\ блока
+menutrans Insert\ mode					В\ режиме\ Вставки
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert				При\ выделении\ блока\ и\ в\ режиме\ Вставки
+menutrans Always					Включено\ всегда
 ">>>----------------- Edit/File settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	 &Нумерация\ строк<Tab>:set\ nu!
-menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		 Отобра&жение\ невидимых\ символов<Tab>:set\ list!
-menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		 &Перенос\ длинных\ строк<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	 Перенос\ &целых\ слов<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!		 Про&белы\ вместо\ табуляции<Tab>:set\ et!
-menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!		 Автоматическое\ форматирование\ &отступов<Tab>:set\ ai!
-menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!		 Форматирование\ отступов\ в\ &стиле\ C<Tab>:set\ cin!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!	&Нумерация\ строк<Tab>:set\ nu!
+menutrans Toggle\ relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!	Относите&льная\ нумерация\ строк<Tab>:set\ nru!
+menutrans Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		Отобра&жение\ невидимых\ символов<Tab>:set\ list!
+menutrans Toggle\ Line\ &Wrap<Tab>:set\ wrap!		&Перенос\ длинных\ строк<Tab>:set\ wrap!
+menutrans Toggle\ W&rap\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	Перенос\ &целых\ слов<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menutrans Toggle\ &expand-tab<Tab>:set\ et!		Про&белы\ вместо\ табуляции<Tab>:set\ et!
+menutrans Toggle\ &auto-indent<Tab>:set\ ai!		Автоматическое\ форматирование\ &отступов<Tab>:set\ ai!
+menutrans Toggle\ &C-indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!		Форматирование\ отступов\ в\ &стиле\ C<Tab>:set\ cin!
 ">>>---
-menutrans &Shiftwidth					 Вели&чина\ отступа
-menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				 Ширина\ &табуляции
-menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				 &Ширина\ текста\.\.\.
-menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				 &Формат\ файла\.\.\.
+menutrans &Shiftwidth					Вели&чина\ отступа
+menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop				Ширина\ &табуляции
+menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				&Ширина\ текста\.\.\.
+menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.				&Формат\ файла\.\.\.
 "
 "
 "
@@ -131,6 +139,7 @@ menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T				&Вернуться\ назад<Tab>^T
 menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File				Создать\ &файл\ меток
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Folding					Работа\ со\ &складками
+menutrans &Spelling					Пр&авописание
 menutrans &Diff						&Отличия\ (diff)
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make				Ко&мпиляция<Tab>:make
@@ -141,10 +150,26 @@ menutrans &Previous\ Error<Tab>:cp			П&редыдущая\ ошибка<Tab>:cp
 menutrans &Older\ List<Tab>:cold			Более\ стар&ый\ список\ ошибок<Tab>:cold
 menutrans N&ewer\ List<Tab>:cnew			Более\ све&жий\ список\ ошибок<Tab>:cnew
 menutrans Error\ &Window				Ок&но\ ошибок
-menutrans &Set\ Compiler				Выбор\ &компилятора
+menutrans Se&T\ Compiler				Выбор\ &компилятора
 "-------------------
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd			П&еревести\ в\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd
 menutrans Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r			Перевести\ и&з\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+">>>---------------- Tools/Spelling
+menutrans &Spell\ Check\ On				&Вкл\ проверку\ правописания
+menutrans Spell\ Check\ &Off				Вы&кл\ проверку\ правописания
+menutrans To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s			&Следующая\ ошибка
+menutrans To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s			&Предыдущая\ ошибка
+menutrans Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=			Предложить\ исп&равления
+menutrans &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall		Пов&торить\ исправление\ для\ всех
+"-------------------
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en"			Установить\ язык\ "en"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"			Установить\ язык\ "en_au"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"			Установить\ язык\ "en_ca"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"			Установить\ язык\ "en_gb"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"			Установить\ язык\ "en_nz"
+menutrans Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"			Установить\ язык\ "en_us"
+menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages			&Найти\ больше\ языков
+let g:menutrans_set_lang_to =				'Установить язык'
 ">>>---------------- Folds
 menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi			Вкл/выкл\ &складки<Tab>zi
 menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv			Открыть\ строку\ с\ &курсором<Tab>zv
@@ -219,7 +244,7 @@ menutrans M&in\ Height<Tab>^W1_				Минимальная\ высо&та<Tab>^W1
 menutrans Max\ &Width<Tab>^W\|				Максимальная\ &ширина<Tab>^W\|
 menutrans Min\ Widt&h<Tab>^W1\|				Минимал&ьная\ ширина<Tab>^W1\|
 ">>>----------------- Window/Move To
-menutrans &Top<Tab>^WK					На&верх<Tab>^WK
+menutrans &Top<Tab>^WK					В&верх<Tab>^WK
 menutrans &Bottom<Tab>^WJ				В&низ<Tab>^WJ
 menutrans &Left\ side<Tab>^WH				В&лево<Tab>^WH
 menutrans &Right\ side<Tab>^WL				В&право<Tab>^WL

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " You can also use this as a start for your own set of menus.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Dec 06
+" Last Change:	2013 May 17
 
 " Note that ":an" (short for ":anoremenu") is often used to make a menu work
 " in all modes and avoid side effects from mappings defined by the user.
@@ -308,8 +308,10 @@ fun! s:TextWidth()
   endif
   let n = inputdialog(g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog, &tw)
   if n != ""
-    " remove leading zeros to avoid it being used as an octal number
-    let &tw = substitute(n, "^0*", "", "")
+    " Remove leading zeros to avoid it being used as an octal number.
+    " But keep a zero by itself.
+    let tw = substitute(n, "^0*", "", "")
+    let &tw = tw == '' ? 0 : tw 
   endif
 endfun
 

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Apr 05
+" Last Change:	2013 May 20
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
@@ -258,6 +258,8 @@ call append("$", "incsearch\tshow match for partly typed search command")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("is", &is)
 call append("$", "magic\tchange the way backslashes are used in search patterns")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("magic", &magic)
+call append("$", "regexpengine\tselect the default regexp engine used")
+call <SID>OptionG("re", &re)
 call append("$", "ignorecase\tignore case when using a search pattern")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("ic", &ic)
 call append("$", "smartcase\toverride 'ignorecase' when pattern has upper case characters")

runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscriptPlugin.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
 "  Date:	Jan 07, 2008
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
  endif
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v34"
+let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v35"
 let s:keepcpo                = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/matchparen.vim

@@ -1,16 +1,23 @@
 " Vim plugin for showing matching parens
 " Maintainer:  Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2013 Mar 19
+" Last Change: 2013 May 08
 
 " Exit quickly when:
 " - this plugin was already loaded (or disabled)
 " - when 'compatible' is set
-" - the "CursorMoved" autocmd event is not availble.
+" - the "CursorMoved" autocmd event is not available.
 if exists("g:loaded_matchparen") || &cp || !exists("##CursorMoved")
   finish
 endif
 let g:loaded_matchparen = 1
 
+if !exists("g:matchparen_timeout")
+  let g:matchparen_timeout = 300
+endif
+if !exists("g:matchparen_insert_timeout")
+  let g:matchparen_insert_timeout = 60
+endif
+
 augroup matchparen
   " Replace all matchparen autocommands
   autocmd! CursorMoved,CursorMovedI,WinEnter * call s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
@@ -99,10 +106,15 @@ function! s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
     let stopline = stoplinetop
   endif
 
+  " Limit the search time to 300 msec to avoid a hang on very long lines.
+  " This fails when a timeout is not supported.
+  if mode() == 'i' || mode() == 'R'
+    let timeout = exists("b:matchparen_insert_timeout") ? b:matchparen_insert_timeout : g:matchparen_insert_timeout
+  else
+    let timeout = exists("b:matchparen_timeout") ? b:matchparen_timeout : g:matchparen_timeout
+  endif
   try
-    " Limit the search time to 300 msec to avoid a hang on very long lines.
-    " This fails when a timeout is not supported.
-    let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip, stopline, 300)
+    let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip, stopline, timeout)
   catch /E118/
     " Can't use the timeout, restrict the stopline a bit more to avoid taking
     " a long time on closed folds and long lines.

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwPlugin.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across a network
 "            PLUGIN SECTION
-" Date:		Aug 24, 2011
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Apr 30, 2013
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,13 +20,15 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v146"
+"DechoTabOn
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v149"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg | echo "***netrw*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw" | echohl None
  finish
 endif
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Public Interface: {{{1
@@ -34,9 +36,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 " Local Browsing: {{{2
 augroup FileExplorer
  au!
-" au BufReadCmd *[/\\]	sil! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>")) 
-" au BufEnter *[^/\\]	sil! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
-" au VimEnter *[^/\\]	sil! call s:VimEnter(expand("<amatch>"))
+ " SEE Benzinger problem...
  au BufEnter *	sil! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au VimEnter *	sil! call s:VimEnter(expand("<amatch>"))
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- au BufReadCmd   file://*		call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "silent doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "silent doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*									call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  try
   au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/
@@ -92,27 +92,37 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
   " unfortunate interaction -- debugging calls can't be used here;
   " the BufEnter event causes triggering when attempts to write to
   " the DBG buffer are made.
+  if !exists("s:vimentered")
+   return
+  endif
+"  call Decho("s:LocalBrowse(dirname<".a:dirname.">){")
 "  echomsg "dirname<".a:dirname.">"
   if has("amiga")
    " The check against '' is made for the Amiga, where the empty
    " string is the current directory and not checking would break
    " things such as the help command.
+"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (amiga)")
    if a:dirname != '' && isdirectory(a:dirname)
     sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
    endif
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
 "   echomsg "dirname<".dirname."> isdir"
+"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (not amiga)")
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
   endif
   " not a directory, ignore it
+"  call Decho("|return s:LocalBrowse }")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:VimEnter: {{{2
 fun! s:VimEnter(dirname)
-  let curwin= winnr()
+"  call Decho("VimEnter(dirname<".a:dirname.">){")
+  let curwin       = winnr()
+  let s:vimentered = 1
   windo if a:dirname != expand("%")|call s:LocalBrowse(expand("%:p"))|endif
   exe curwin."wincmd w"
+"  call Decho("|return VimEnter }")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " tarPlugin.vim -- a Vim plugin for browsing tarfiles
 " Original was copyright (c) 2002, Michael C. Toren <mct@toren.net>
-" Modified by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Modified by Charles E. Campbell
 " Distributed under the GNU General Public License.
 "
 " Updates are available from <http://michael.toren.net/code/>.  If you
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tarPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tarPlugin = "v28"
+let g:loaded_tarPlugin = "v29"
 let s:keepcpo          = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,24 +1,37 @@
 " Vim plugin for converting a syntax highlighted file to HTML.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Jul 12
+" Last Change: 2013 May 31
 "
 " The core of the code is in $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/tohtml.vim and
 " $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim
 "
 " TODO: {{{
+"   * Options for generating the CSS in external style sheets. New :TOcss
+"     command to convert the current color scheme into a (mostly) generic CSS
+"     stylesheet which can be re-used. Alternate stylesheet support? Good start
+"     by Erik Falor
+"     ( https://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_use/7XTmC4D22dU/discussion ).
+"   * Add optional argument to :TOhtml command to specify mode (gui, cterm,
+"     term) to use for the styling. Suggestion by "nacitar".
+"   * Add way to override or specify which RGB colors map to the color numbers
+"     in cterm. Get better defaults than just guessing? Suggestion by "nacitar".
+"   * Disable filetype detection until after all processing is done.
+"   * Add option for not generating the hyperlink on stuff that looks like a
+"     URL? Or just color the link to fit with the colorscheme (and only special
+"     when hovering)?
+"   * Bug: Opera does not allow printing more than one page if uncopyable
+"     regions is turned on. Possible solution: Add normal text line numbers with
+"     display:none, set to display:inline for print style sheets, and hide
+"     <input> elements for print, to allow Opera printing multiple pages (and
+"     other uncopyable areas?). May need to make the new text invisible to IE
+"     with conditional comments to prevent copying it, IE for some reason likes
+"     to copy hidden text. Other browsers too?
 "   * Bug: still a 1px gap throughout the fold column when html_prevent_copy is
 "     "fn" in some browsers. Specifically, in Chromium on Ubuntu (but not Chrome
 "     on Windows). Perhaps it is font related?
 "   * Bug: still some gaps in the fold column when html_prevent_copy contains
 "     'd' and showing the whole diff (observed in multiple browsers). Only gaps
 "     on diff lines though.
-"   * anchors on each line so you can do file.html#1234 to get to line 1234
-"   * add a modeline to the generated html to set nofoldenable or fdm=manual
-"     because syntax folding takes a terribly long time to work with the weird
-"     formatting the script does.
-"   * Options for generating the CSS in external style sheets. New :TOcss
-"     command to convert the current color scheme into a (mostly) generic CSS
-"     stylesheet which can be re-used. Alternate stylesheet support?
 "   * Undercurl support via CSS3, with fallback to dotted or something:
 "	https://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_use/BzXA6He1pHg/discussion
 "   * Redo updates for modified default foldtext (v11) when/if the patch is
@@ -26,10 +39,7 @@
 "   * Test case +diff_one_file-dynamic_folds+expand_tabs-hover_unfold
 "		+ignore_conceal-ignore_folding+no_foldcolumn+no_pre+no_progress
 "		+number_lines-pre_wrap-use_css+use_xhtml+whole_filler.xhtml
-"     does not show the whole diff filler as it is supposed to.
-"   * Add option for not generating the hyperlink on stuff that looks like a
-"     URL? Or just color the link to fit with the colorscheme (and only special
-"     when hovering)?
+"     does not show the whole diff filler as it is supposed to?
 "   * Bug: when 'isprint' is wrong for the current encoding, will generate
 "     invalid content. Can/should anything be done about this? Maybe a separate
 "     plugin to correct 'isprint' based on encoding?
@@ -43,7 +53,6 @@
 "	- listchars support
 "	- full-line background highlight
 "	- other?
-"   * Explicitly trigger IE8+ Standards Mode? Doesn't seem necessary yet.
 "   * Make it so deleted lines in a diff don't create side-scrolling (get it
 "     free with full-line background highlight above).
 "   * Restore open/closed folds and cursor position after processing each file
@@ -58,82 +67,93 @@
 if exists('g:loaded_2html_plugin')
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v12'
+let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v13'
 
 "
 " Changelog: {{{
 "
-"   7.3_v12 (this version): Fix modeline mangling to also work for when multiple
-"                           highlight groups make up the start-of-modeline text.
-"                           Improve render time of page with uncopyable regions
-"                           by not using one-input-per-char. Change name of
-"                           uncopyable option from html_unselectable to
-"                           html_prevent_copy. Added html_no_invalid option and
-"                           default to inserting invalid markup for uncopyable
-"                           regions to prevent MS Word from pasting undeletable
-"                           <input> elements. Fix 'cpo' handling (Thilo Six).
-"                7.3_v12b1: Add html_unselectable option. Rework logic to
-"                           eliminate post-processing substitute commands in
-"                           favor of doing the work up front. Remove unnecessary
-"                           special treatment of 'LineNr' highlight group. Minor
-"                           speed improvements. Fix modeline mangling in
-"                           generated output so it works for text in the first
-"                           column. Fix missing line number and fold column in
-"                           diff filler lines. Fix that some fonts have a 1px
-"                           gap (using a dirty hack, improvements welcome). Add
-"                           "colorscheme" meta tag. Does NOT include support for
-"                           the new default foldtext added in v11, as the patch
-"                           adding it has not yet been included in Vim.
+"   7.3_v13 (this version): Keep foldmethod at manual in the generated file and
+"			    insert modeline to set it to manual.
+"			    Fix bug: diff mode with 2 unsaved buffers creates a
+"			    duplicate of one buffer instead of including both.
+"			    Add anchors to each line so you can put '#L123'
+"			    or '#123' at the end of the URL to jump to line 123
+"			    (idea by Andy Spencer). Add javascript to open folds
+"			    to show the anchor being jumped to if it is hidden.
+"			    Fix XML validation error: &nsbp; not part of XML.
+"			    Allow TOhtml to chain together with other commands
+"			    using |.
+"   7.3_v12 (9910cbff5f16): Fix modeline mangling to also work for when multiple
+"			    highlight groups make up the start-of-modeline text.
+"			    Improve render time of page with uncopyable regions
+"			    by not using one-input-per-char. Change name of
+"			    uncopyable option from html_unselectable to
+"			    html_prevent_copy. Added html_no_invalid option and
+"			    default to inserting invalid markup for uncopyable
+"			    regions to prevent MS Word from pasting undeletable
+"			    <input> elements. Fix 'cpo' handling (Thilo Six).
+"		 7.3_v12b1: Add html_unselectable option. Rework logic to
+"			    eliminate post-processing substitute commands in
+"			    favor of doing the work up front. Remove unnecessary
+"			    special treatment of 'LineNr' highlight group. Minor
+"			    speed improvements. Fix modeline mangling in
+"			    generated output so it works for text in the first
+"			    column. Fix missing line number and fold column in
+"			    diff filler lines. Fix that some fonts have a 1px
+"			    gap (using a dirty hack, improvements welcome). Add
+"			    "colorscheme" meta tag. Does NOT include support for
+"			    the new default foldtext added in v11, as the patch
+"			    adding it has not yet been included in Vim.
 "   7.3_v11 ( unreleased ): Support new default foldtext from patch by Christian
-"                           Brabandt in
-"                           http://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_dev/B6FSGfq9VoI/discussion.
-"                           This patch has not yet been included in Vim, thus
-"                           these changes are removed in the next version.
+"			    Brabandt in
+"			    http://groups.google.com/d/topic/vim_dev/B6FSGfq9VoI/discussion.
+"			    This patch has not yet been included in Vim, thus
+"			    these changes are removed in the next version.
 "   7.3_v10 (fd09a9c8468e): Fix error E684 when converting a range wholly inside
-"                           multiple nested folds with dynamic folding on.
-"                           Also fix problem with foldtext in this situation.
+"			    multiple nested folds with dynamic folding on.
+"			    Also fix problem with foldtext in this situation.
 "   7.3_v9  (0877b8d6370e): Add html_pre_wrap option active with html_use_css
-"                           and without html_no_pre, default value same as
-"                           'wrap' option, (Andy Spencer). Don't use
-"                           'fileencoding' for converted document encoding if
-"                           'buftype' indicates a special buffer which isn't
-"                           written.
+"			    and without html_no_pre, default value same as
+"			    'wrap' option, (Andy Spencer). Don't use
+"			    'fileencoding' for converted document encoding if
+"			    'buftype' indicates a special buffer which isn't
+"			    written.
 "   7.3_v8  (85c5a72551e2): Add html_expand_tabs option to allow leaving tab
-"                           characters in generated output (Andy Spencer).
-"                           Escape text that looks like a modeline so Vim
-"                           doesn't use anything in the converted HTML as a
-"                           modeline. Bugfixes: Fix folding when a fold starts
-"                           before the conversion range. Remove fold column when
-"                           there are no folds.
+"			    characters in generated output (Andy Spencer).
+"			    Escape text that looks like a modeline so Vim
+"			    doesn't use anything in the converted HTML as a
+"			    modeline. Bugfixes: Fix folding when a fold starts
+"			    before the conversion range. Remove fold column when
+"			    there are no folds.
 "   7.3_v7  (840c3cadb842): see betas released on vim_dev below:
-"                 7.3_v7b3: Fixed bug, convert Unicode to UTF-8 all the way.
-"                 7.3_v7b2: Remove automatic detection of encodings that are not
-"                           supported by all major browsers according to
-"                           http://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/Web_Encodings and
-"                           convert to UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings. Make
-"                           HTML encoding to Vim encoding detection be
-"                           case-insensitive for built-in pairs.
-"                 7.3_v7b1: Remove use of setwinvar() function which cannot be
-"                           called in restricted mode (Andy Spencer). Use
-"                           'fencoding' instead of 'encoding' to determine by
-"                           charset, and make sure the 'fenc' of the generated
-"                           file matches its indicated charset. Add charsets for
-"                           all of Vim's natively supported encodings.
+"		  7.3_v7b3: Fixed bug, convert Unicode to UTF-8 all the way.
+"		  7.3_v7b2: Remove automatic detection of encodings that are not
+"			    supported by all major browsers according to
+"			    http://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/Web_Encodings and
+"			    convert to UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings. Make
+"			    HTML encoding to Vim encoding detection be
+"			    case-insensitive for built-in pairs.
+"		  7.3_v7b1: Remove use of setwinvar() function which cannot be
+"			    called in restricted mode (Andy Spencer). Use
+"			    'fencoding' instead of 'encoding' to determine by
+"			    charset, and make sure the 'fenc' of the generated
+"			    file matches its indicated charset. Add charsets for
+"			    all of Vim's natively supported encodings.
 "   7.3_v6  (0d3f0e3d289b): Really fix bug with 'nowrapscan', 'magic' and other
-"                           user settings interfering with diff mode generation,
-"                           trailing whitespace (e.g. line number column) when
-"                           using html_no_pre, and bugs when using
-"                           html_hover_unfold.
+"			    user settings interfering with diff mode generation,
+"			    trailing whitespace (e.g. line number column) when
+"			    using html_no_pre, and bugs when using
+"			    html_hover_unfold.
 "   7.3_v5  ( unreleased ): Fix bug with 'nowrapscan' and also with out-of-sync
-"                           folds in diff mode when first line was folded.
+"			    folds in diff mode when first line was folded.
 "   7.3_v4  (7e008c174cc3): Bugfixes, especially for xhtml markup, and diff mode
 "   7.3_v3  (a29075150aee): Refactor option handling and make html_use_css
-"                           default to true when not set to anything. Use strict
-"                           doctypes where possible. Rename use_xhtml option to
-"                           html_use_xhtml for consistency. Use .xhtml extension
-"                           when using this option. Add meta tag for settings.
+"			    default to true when not set to anything. Use strict
+"			    doctypes where possible. Rename use_xhtml option to
+"			    html_use_xhtml for consistency. Use .xhtml extension
+"			    when using this option. Add meta tag for settings.
 "   7.3_v2  (80229a724a11): Fix syntax highlighting in diff mode to use both the
-"                           diff colors and the normal syntax colors
+"			    diff colors and the normal syntax colors
 "   7.3_v1  (e7751177126b): Add conceal support and meta tags in output
 "   Pre-v1 baseline: Mercurial changeset 3c9324c0800e
 "}}}
@@ -143,7 +163,7 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim7.3_v12'
 " - this plugin was not already loaded
 " - user commands are available. {{{
 if !&cp && !exists(":TOhtml") && has("user_commands")
-  command -range=% TOhtml :call tohtml#Convert2HTML(<line1>, <line2>)
+  command -range=% -bar TOhtml :call tohtml#Convert2HTML(<line1>, <line2>)
 endif "}}}
 
 " Make sure any patches will probably use consistent indent

runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " zipPlugin.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            PLUGIN PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 15, 2011
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:			Nov 15, 2012
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zipPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zipPlugin = "v25"
+let g:loaded_zipPlugin = "v26"
 let s:keepcpo          = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ augroup zip
   au FileWriteCmd zipfile:*/*	call zip#Write(expand("<amatch>"))
  endif
 
- au BufReadCmd   *.zip,*.jar,*.xpi,*.war,*.ear,*.celzip,*.oxt		call zip#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   *.zip,*.jar,*.xpi,*.ja,*.war,*.ear,*.celzip,*.oxt,*.kmz,*.wsz,*.xap,*.docx,*.docm,*.dotx,*.dotm,*.potx,*.potm,*.ppsx,*.ppsm,*.pptx,*.pptm,*.ppam,*.sldx,*.thmx,*.xlam,*.xlsx,*.xlsm,*.xlsb,*.xltx,*.xltm,*.xlam,*.crtx,*.vdw,*.glox,*.gcsx,*.gqsx		call zip#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
 augroup END
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types in scripts
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2012 Aug 30
+" Last change:	2013 May 24
 
 " This file is called by an autocommand for every file that has just been
 " loaded into a buffer.  It checks if the type of file can be recognized by
@@ -152,6 +152,10 @@ if s:line1 =~ "^#!"
   elseif s:name =~ 'cfengine'
     set ft=cfengine
 
+    " Erlang scripts
+  elseif s:name =~ 'escript'
+    set ft=erlang
+
   endif
   unlet s:name
 
@@ -327,6 +331,17 @@ else
   elseif s:line1 =~ '^\(commit\|tree\|object\) \x\{40\}\>\|^tag \S\+$'
     set ft=git
 
+   " Gprof (gnu profiler)
+   elseif s:line1 == 'Flat profile:'
+     \ && s:line2 == ''
+     \ && s:line3 =~ '^Each sample counts as .* seconds.$'
+     set ft=gprof
+
+  " Erlang terms
+  " (See also: http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Choosing-Modes.html#Choosing-Modes)
+  elseif s:line1 =~? '-\*-.*erlang.*-\*-'
+    set ft=erlang
+
   " CVS diff
   else
     let s:lnum = 1